FORM 10-Q
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-Q
|
|
|
x
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the quarterly period ended
August 29, 2008
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission File Number:
001-14965
The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
13-4019460
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
85 Broad Street, New York, NY
|
|
10004
|
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
(212) 902-1000
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated
filer x
Accelerated
filer o
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller
reporting
company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). o Yes x No
APPLICABLE ONLY
TO CORPORATE ISSUERS
As of
September 26, 2008, there were 395,441,815 shares of the
registrants common stock outstanding.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE FISCAL QUARTER ENDED AUGUST 29, 2008
INDEX
1
PART I:
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
|
Item 1:
|
Financial
Statements (Unaudited)
|
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment banking
|
|
$
|
1,294
|
|
|
$
|
2,145
|
|
|
$
|
4,145
|
|
|
$
|
5,581
|
|
Trading and principal investments
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
7,576
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
22,891
|
|
Asset management and securities services
|
|
|
1,174
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8,717
|
|
|
|
12,810
|
|
|
|
29,460
|
|
|
|
34,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
13,625
|
|
|
|
23,803
|
|
|
|
49,897
|
|
|
|
66,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
7,582
|
|
|
|
11,469
|
|
|
|
26,097
|
|
|
|
31,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues, net of interest expense
|
|
|
6,043
|
|
|
|
12,334
|
|
|
|
23,800
|
|
|
|
35,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and benefits
|
|
|
2,901
|
|
|
|
5,920
|
|
|
|
11,424
|
|
|
|
16,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
1,204
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-compensation
expenses
|
|
|
2,182
|
|
|
|
2,155
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
5,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,083
|
|
|
|
8,075
|
|
|
|
17,865
|
|
|
|
22,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
5,935
|
|
|
|
12,549
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
4,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
8,384
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
810
|
|
|
$
|
2,806
|
|
|
$
|
4,328
|
|
|
$
|
8,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.89
|
|
|
$
|
6.54
|
|
|
$
|
10.08
|
|
|
$
|
18.89
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
1.81
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
|
|
9.62
|
|
|
|
17.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared and paid per common share
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
427.6
|
|
|
|
429.0
|
|
|
|
429.3
|
|
|
|
436.2
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
448.3
|
|
|
|
457.4
|
|
|
|
449.7
|
|
|
|
464.3
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
2
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions, except share
|
|
|
and per share amounts)
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
12,160
|
|
|
$
|
11,882
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
(includes $79,191 and $94,018 at fair value as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
99,430
|
|
|
|
119,939
|
|
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
21,038
|
|
|
|
19,078
|
|
Receivables from customers and counterparties (includes $1,866
and $1,950 at fair value as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
83,187
|
|
|
|
129,105
|
|
Collateralized agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities borrowed (includes $88,617 and $83,277 at fair value
as of August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
302,676
|
|
|
|
277,413
|
|
Financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell, at
fair value
|
|
|
135,415
|
|
|
|
85,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
362,779
|
|
|
|
406,457
|
|
Financial instruments owned and pledged as collateral, at fair
value
|
|
|
37,341
|
|
|
|
46,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
400,120
|
|
|
|
452,595
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
27,747
|
|
|
|
24,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,119,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured
long-term
borrowings (includes $32,275 and $48,331 at fair value as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
$
|
64,653
|
|
|
$
|
71,557
|
|
Bank deposits (includes $655 and $463 at fair value as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
29,051
|
|
|
|
15,370
|
|
Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
12,115
|
|
|
|
8,335
|
|
Payables to customers and counterparties
|
|
|
346,073
|
|
|
|
310,118
|
|
Collateralized financings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities loaned (includes $9,255 and $5,449 at fair value as
of August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
29,424
|
|
|
|
28,624
|
|
Financial instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, at
fair value
|
|
|
110,204
|
|
|
|
159,178
|
|
Other secured financings (includes $24,208 and $33,581 at fair
value as of August 2008 and November 2007,
respectively)
|
|
|
52,821
|
|
|
|
65,710
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
186,441
|
|
|
|
215,023
|
|
Other liabilities and accrued expenses (includes $1,343 at fair
value as of August 2008)
|
|
|
29,025
|
|
|
|
38,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings (includes $21,493 and $15,928 at fair value as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively)
|
|
|
176,367
|
|
|
|
164,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,036,174
|
|
|
|
1,076,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share;
150,000,000 shares authorized, 124,000 shares issued
and outstanding as of both August 2008 and
November 2007, with liquidation preference of $25,000 per
share
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
4,000,000,000 shares authorized, 632,949,974 and
618,707,032 shares issued as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, and 394,533,477 and
390,682,013 shares outstanding as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
|
|
|
8,936
|
|
|
|
9,302
|
|
Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in
capital
|
|
|
23,597
|
|
|
|
22,027
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
42,301
|
|
|
|
38,642
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, par value $0.01 per
share; 238,416,497 and 228,025,019 shares as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively
|
|
|
(32,176
|
)
|
|
|
(30,159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
45,599
|
|
|
|
42,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,119,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
3
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions, except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
9,302
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
Issuance and amortization of restricted stock units and employee
stock options
|
|
|
1,822
|
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units
|
|
|
(1,998
|
)
|
|
|
(1,548
|
)
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock units and employee stock options
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
Exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
8,936
|
|
|
|
9,302
|
|
Additional
paid-in
capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
22,027
|
|
|
|
19,731
|
|
Issuance of common stock, including the delivery of common stock
underlying restricted stock units and proceeds from the exercise
of employee stock options
|
|
|
2,242
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
Cancellation of restricted stock units in satisfaction of
withholding tax requirements
|
|
|
(1,314
|
)
|
|
|
(929
|
)
|
Stock purchase contract fee related to automatic preferred
enhanced capital securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Excess net tax benefit related to
share-based
compensation
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
|
908
|
|
Cash settlement of
share-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
23,597
|
|
|
|
22,027
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year, as previously reported
|
|
|
38,642
|
|
|
|
27,868
|
|
Cumulative effect of adjustment from adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adjustment from adoption of
SFAS No. 157, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Cumulative effect of adjustment from adoption of
SFAS No. 159, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year, after cumulative effect of
adjustments
|
|
|
38,441
|
|
|
|
27,874
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
11,599
|
|
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and
restricted stock units
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
Dividends declared on preferred stock
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
(192
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
42,301
|
|
|
|
38,642
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
Adjustment from adoption of SFAS No. 158, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Net gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Reclassification to retained earnings from adoption of
SFAS No. 159, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
Common stock held in treasury, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
(30,159
|
)
|
|
|
(21,230
|
)
|
Repurchased
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
|
|
(8,956
|
)
|
Reissued
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
(32,176
|
)
|
|
|
(30,159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
45,599
|
|
|
$
|
42,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
4
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
4,443
|
|
|
$
|
8,384
|
|
Non-cash items included in net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
876
|
|
|
|
636
|
|
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Share-based
compensation
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
20,715
|
|
|
|
(16,767
|
)
|
Net receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
1,820
|
|
|
|
(2,076
|
)
|
Net payables to customers and counterparties
|
|
|
82,244
|
|
|
|
22,721
|
|
Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned
|
|
|
(24,463
|
)
|
|
|
(46,307
|
)
|
Financial instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, net
of financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell
|
|
|
(98,672
|
)
|
|
|
14,393
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
37,946
|
|
|
|
(92,725
|
)
|
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
(28,582
|
)
|
|
|
39,345
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(8,296
|
)
|
|
|
6,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for operating activities
|
|
|
(10,604
|
)
|
|
|
(64,229
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment
|
|
|
(1,529
|
)
|
|
|
(1,483
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and
equipment
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(2,517
|
)
|
|
|
(1,385
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
Purchase of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
(3,240
|
)
|
|
|
(675
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
2,825
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities
|
|
|
(4,007
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings, net
|
|
|
(10,061
|
)
|
|
|
12,548
|
|
Other secured financings
(short-term),
net
|
|
|
(5,545
|
)
|
|
|
9,355
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings
(long-term)
|
|
|
9,870
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
Repayment of other secured financings
(long-term),
including the current portion
|
|
|
(9,343
|
)
|
|
|
(6,372
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured
long-term
borrowings
|
|
|
37,143
|
|
|
|
43,945
|
|
Repayment of unsecured
long-term
borrowings, including the current portion
|
|
|
(19,190
|
)
|
|
|
(11,785
|
)
|
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
3,887
|
|
Bank deposits, net
|
|
|
13,681
|
|
|
|
3,389
|
|
Common stock repurchased
|
|
|
(2,032
|
)
|
|
|
(6,269
|
)
|
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock,
preferred stock and restricted stock units
|
|
|
(587
|
)
|
|
|
(624
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
Excess tax benefit related to
share-based
compensation
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
Cash settlement of
share-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
14,889
|
|
|
|
70,668
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
6,362
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
11,882
|
|
|
|
6,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
12,160
|
|
|
$
|
12,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were
$26.13 billion and $30.47 billion during the nine
months ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively.
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were
$2.46 billion and $4.45 billion during the nine months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively.
Non-cash activities:
The firm assumed $610 million and $137 million of debt
in connection with business acquisitions during the nine months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively. The
firm issued $17 million of common stock in connection with
business acquisitions for the nine months ended August 2007.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
5
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
2,854
|
|
|
$
|
4,443
|
|
|
$
|
8,384
|
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
816
|
|
|
$
|
2,861
|
|
|
$
|
4,396
|
|
|
$
|
8,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
6
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 1.
|
Description of
Business
|
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware
corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries
(collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment
banking, securities and investment management firm that provides
a wide range of services worldwide to a substantial and
diversified client base that includes corporations, financial
institutions, governments and
high-net-worth
individuals. On September 21, 2008, Group Inc. became
a bank holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve
Board) under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of
1956. See Note 16 for further information.
The firms activities are divided into three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking. The firm provides a broad
range of investment banking services to a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals.
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments. The firm
facilitates client transactions with a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals and takes proprietary positions
through market making in, trading of and investing in fixed
income and equity products, currencies, commodities and
derivatives on these products. In addition, the firm engages in
market-making and specialist activities on equities and options
exchanges and clears client transactions on major stock, options
and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with the
firms merchant banking and other investing activities, the
firm makes principal investments directly and through funds that
the firm raises and manages.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services. The
firm provides investment advisory and financial planning
services and offers investment products (primarily through
separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as
mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major
asset classes to a diverse group of institutions and individuals
worldwide and provides prime brokerage services, financing
services and securities lending services to institutional
clients, including hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and
foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide.
|
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
These condensed consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm
has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.
The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial
interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is
a voting interest entity, a variable interest entity (VIE) or a
qualifying
special-purpose
entity (QSPE) under generally accepted accounting principles.
|
|
|
|
|
Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest
entities are entities in which (i) the total equity
investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance
its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders
have the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive
residual returns and the right to make decisions about the
entitys activities. Voting interest entities are
consolidated in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin
No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, as
amended. The usual condition for a controlling financial
interest in an entity is ownership of a majority voting
interest. Accordingly, the firm consolidates voting interest
entities in which it has a majority voting interest.
|
7
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
Variable Interest Entities. VIEs are entities
that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting
interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is
present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a
combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority
of the VIEs expected losses, receive a majority of the
VIEs expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise
with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary
beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. In accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) 46-R,
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, the
firm consolidates VIEs for which it is the primary beneficiary.
The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a
VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIEs
expected losses and expected residual returns. This analysis
includes a review of, among other factors, the VIEs
capital structure, contractual terms, which interests create or
absorb variability, related party relationships and the design
of the VIE. Where qualitative analysis is not conclusive, the
firm performs a quantitative analysis. For purposes of
allocating a VIEs expected losses and expected residual
returns to its variable interest holders, the firm utilizes the
top down method. Under that method, the firm
calculates its share of the VIEs expected losses and
expected residual returns using the specific cash flows that
would be allocated to it, based on contractual arrangements
and/or the
firms position in the capital structure of the VIE, under
various probability-weighted scenarios. The firm reassesses its
initial evaluation of an entity as a VIE and its initial
determination of whether the firm is the primary beneficiary of
a VIE upon the occurrence of certain reconsideration events as
defined in
FIN 46-R.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QSPEs. QSPEs are passive entities that are
commonly used in mortgage and other securitization transactions.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities, sets forth the
criteria an entity must satisfy to be a QSPE. These criteria
include the types of assets a QSPE may hold, limits on asset
sales, the use of derivatives and financial guarantees, and the
level of discretion a servicer may exercise in attempting to
collect receivables. These criteria may require management to
make judgments about complex matters, such as whether a
derivative is considered passive and the level of discretion a
servicer may exercise, including, for example, determining when
default is reasonably foreseeable. In accordance with
SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46-R, the firm does not
consolidate QSPEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity-Method
Investments. When the firm does not have a
controlling financial interest in an entity but exerts
significant influence over the entitys operating and
financial policies (generally defined as owning a voting
interest of 20% to 50%) and has an investment in common stock or
in-substance common stock, the firm accounts for its investment
either in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for
Investments in Common Stock or at fair value in accordance
with SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. In general,
the firm accounts for investments acquired subsequent to the
adoption of SFAS No. 159 at fair value. In certain cases,
the firm may apply the equity method of accounting to new
investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to
the firms principal business activities, where the firm
has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or
operations of the investee, or where cost-benefit considerations
are less significant. See Revenue
Recognition Other Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities at Fair Value below for a discussion of the
firms application of SFAS No. 159.
|
|
|
|
Other. If the firm does not consolidate an
entity or apply the equity method of accounting, the firm
accounts for its investment at fair value. The firm also has
formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with
third-party
investors that are typically organized as
|
8
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
limited partnerships. The firm acts as general partner for these
funds and generally does not hold a majority of the economic
interests in these funds. The firm has generally provided the
third-party
investors with rights to terminate the funds or to remove the
firm as the general partner. As a result, the firm does not
consolidate these funds. These fund investments are included in
Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
|
These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited
and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements included in the firms Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. The
condensed consolidated financial information as of
November 30, 2007 has been derived from audited
consolidated financial statements not included herein.
These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management,
necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim
periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring
nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative
of the operating results for a full year.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, all references to
August 2008, May 2008 and August 2007 refer to
the firms fiscal periods ended, or the dates, as the
context requires, August 29, 2008,
May 30, 2008 and August 31, 2007,
respectively. All references to November 2007, unless
specifically stated otherwise, refer to the firms fiscal
year ended, or the date, as the context requires,
November 30, 2007. All references to 2008, unless
specifically stated otherwise, refer to the firms fiscal
year ending, or the date, as the context requires,
November 28, 2008. Certain reclassifications have been
made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current
presentation.
Use of
Estimates
These condensed consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles that require management to make certain estimates and
assumptions. The most important of these estimates and
assumptions relate to fair value measurements, the accounting
for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the
provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation
and regulatory proceedings and tax audits. Although these and
other estimates and assumptions are based on the best available
information, actual results could be materially different from
these estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
Investment Banking. Underwriting revenues and
fees from mergers and acquisitions and other financial advisory
assignments are recognized in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings when the services related to the
underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the
engagement. Expenses associated with such transactions are
deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the
engagement is otherwise concluded. Underwriting revenues are
presented net of related expenses. Expenses associated with
financial advisory transactions are recorded as
non-compensation
expenses, net of client reimbursements.
Financial Instruments. Total financial
instruments owned, at fair value and Financial
instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are
reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition on a trade-date basis. Related unrealized gains or
losses are generally recognized in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount
that would be received to sell an
9
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date (the exit
price). Instruments that the firm owns (long positions) are
marked to bid prices, and instruments that the firm has sold,
but not yet purchased (short positions), are marked to offer
prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs.
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements,
establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs
to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The
hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices
in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
(level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three
levels of the fair value hierarchy under SFAS No. 157
are described below:
Basis of Fair Value
Measurement
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible
at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or
liabilities;
|
|
|
Level 2
|
Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or
financial instruments for which all significant inputs are
observable, either directly or indirectly;
|
|
|
Level 3
|
Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both
significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.
|
A financial instruments level within the fair value
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is
significant to the fair value measurement.
The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on
the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and
relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The
firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both
the average daily trading volume and the number of days with
trading activity.
In determining fair value, the firm separates its
Financial instruments owned, at fair value and its
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair
value into two categories: cash instruments and derivative
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Instruments. The firms cash
instruments are generally classified within level 1 or
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued
using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or
alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price
transparency. The types of instruments valued based on quoted
market prices in active markets include most
U.S. government and sovereign obligations, active listed
equities and certain money market securities. Such instruments
are generally classified within level 1 of the fair value
hierarchy. The firm does not adjust the quoted price for such
instruments, even in situations where the firm holds a large
position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.
|
The types of instruments that trade in markets that are not
considered to be active, but are valued based on quoted market
prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing
sources with reasonable levels of price transparency include
most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate
bonds, certain mortgage products, certain bank loans and bridge
loans, less liquid listed equities, state, municipal and
provincial obligations, most physical commodities and certain
money market securities and loan commitments. Such instruments
are generally classified within level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy.
10
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Certain cash instruments are classified within level 3 of
the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently and
therefore have little or no price transparency. Such instruments
include private equity and real estate fund investments, certain
bank loans and bridge loans (including certain mezzanine
financing, leveraged loans arising from capital market
transactions and other corporate bank debt), less liquid
corporate debt securities and other debt obligations (including
less liquid
high-yield
corporate bonds, distressed debt instruments and collateralized
debt obligations (CDOs) backed by corporate obligations), less
liquid mortgage whole loans and securities (backed by either
commercial or residential real estate), and acquired portfolios
of distressed loans. The transaction price is initially used as
the best estimate of fair value. Accordingly, when a pricing
model is used to value such an instrument, the model is adjusted
so that the model value at inception equals the transaction
price. This valuation is adjusted only when changes to inputs
and assumptions are corroborated by evidence such as
transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending
third-party transactions in the underlying investment or
comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing,
recapitalizations and other transactions across the capital
structure, offerings in the equity or debt capital markets, and
changes in financial ratios or cash flows.
For positions that are not traded in active markets or are
subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to
reflect illiquidity
and/or
non-transferability,
and such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative Contracts. Derivative contracts can
be
exchange-traded
or over-the-counter (OTC).
Exchange-traded
derivatives typically fall within level 1 or level 2
of the fair value hierarchy depending on whether they are deemed
to be actively traded or not. The firm generally values
exchange-traded
derivatives within portfolios using models which calibrate to
market-clearing levels and eliminate timing differences between
the closing price of the
exchange-traded
derivatives and their underlying instruments. In such cases,
exchange-traded
derivatives are classified within level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy.
|
OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other
market evidence whenever possible, including market-based inputs
to models, model calibration to market-clearing transactions,
broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with
reasonable levels of price transparency. Where models are used,
the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative
depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks
inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of
pricing information in the market. The firm generally uses
similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models
require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market
prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility,
prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC
derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic
forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be
verified and model selection does not involve significant
management judgment. OTC derivatives are classified within
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when all of the
significant inputs can be corroborated to market evidence.
Certain OTC derivatives trade in less liquid markets with
limited pricing information, and the determination of fair value
for these derivatives is inherently more difficult. Such
instruments are classified within level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy. Where the firm does not have corroborating market
evidence to support significant model inputs and cannot verify
the model to market transactions, transaction price is initially
used as the best estimate of fair value. Accordingly, when a
pricing model is used to value such an instrument, the model is
adjusted so that the model value at inception equals the
transaction price. The valuations of these less
11
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
liquid OTC derivatives are typically based on level 1
and/or level
2 inputs that can be observed in the market, as well as
unobservable level 3 inputs. Subsequent to initial
recognition, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2
inputs to reflect observable market changes, with resulting
gains and losses reflected within level 3. Level 3
inputs are only changed when corroborated by evidence such as
similar market transactions,
third-party
pricing services
and/or
broker or dealer quotations, or other empirical market data. In
circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value to
market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation
model could produce a materially different estimate of fair
value.
When appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors
such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations.
Such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair
Value. The firm has elected to account for
certain of the firms other financial assets and financial
liabilities at fair value under SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140, or SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, (i.e., the fair value option). The
primary reasons for electing the fair value option are
mitigating volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, simplification and cost-benefit
considerations.
Such financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at
fair value include (i) certain unsecured
short-term
borrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial
paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;
(ii) certain other secured financings, primarily transfers
accounted for as financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140, debt raised through the firms
William Street program and certain other nonrecourse financings;
(iii) certain unsecured
long-term
borrowings, including prepaid physical commodity transactions;
(iv) resale and repurchase agreements; (v) securities
borrowed and loaned within Trading and Principal Investments,
consisting of the firms matched book and certain firm
financing activities; (vi) corporate loans, loan
commitments and certain certificates of deposit issued by
Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) as well as securities held
by GS Bank USA (which would otherwise be accounted for as
available-for-sale);
(vii) receivables from customers and counterparties arising
from transfers accounted for as secured loans rather than
purchases under SFAS No. 140; (viii) certain
insurance and reinsurance contracts; and (ix) in general,
investments acquired after the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 where the firm has significant influence
over the investee and would otherwise apply the equity method of
accounting.
Collateralized Agreements and
Financings. Collateralized agreements consist of
resale agreements and securities borrowed. Collateralized
financings consist of repurchase agreements, securities loaned
and other secured financings. Interest on collateralized
agreements and collateralized financings is recognized in
Interest income and Interest expense,
respectively, over the life of the transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
Resale and Repurchase Agreements. Financial
instruments purchased under agreements to resell and financial
instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, principally
U.S. government, federal agency and investment-grade
sovereign obligations, represent collateralized financing
transactions. The firm receives financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell, makes delivery of financial
instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, monitors the
market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis and
delivers or obtains additional collateral as appropriate. As
noted above, resale and repurchase agreements are carried in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair
value under SFAS No. 159. Resale and repurchase
agreements are generally valued based on
|
12
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency and are
classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Resale and repurchase agreements are presented on a
net-by-counterparty
basis when the requirements of FIN 41, Offsetting of
Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase
Agreements, or FIN 39, Offsetting of Amounts
Related to Certain Contracts, are satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Borrowed and Loaned. Securities
borrowed and loaned are generally collateralized by cash,
securities or letters of credit. The firm receives securities
borrowed, makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the
market value of securities borrowed and loaned, and delivers or
obtains additional collateral as appropriate. Securities
borrowed and loaned within Securities Services, relating to both
customer activities and, to a lesser extent, certain firm
financing activities, are recorded based on the amount of cash
collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these
arrangements generally can be terminated
on-demand,
they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest
rates. As noted above, securities borrowed and loaned within
Trading and Principal Investments, which are related to the
firms matched book and certain firm financing activities,
are recorded at fair value under SFAS No. 159. These
securities borrowed and loaned transactions are generally valued
based on inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency and
are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
Other Secured Financings. In addition to
repurchase agreements and securities loaned, the firm funds
assets through the use of other secured financing arrangements
and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral
in these transactions. As noted above, the firm has elected to
apply SFAS No. 159 to transfers accounted for as
financings rather than sales under SFAS No. 140, debt
raised through the firms William Street program and
certain other nonrecourse financings, for which the use of fair
value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would
arise from using different measurement attributes. These other
secured financing transactions are generally valued based on
inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency and are
classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are
recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued
interest. See Note 3 for further information regarding
other secured financings.
|
Hybrid Financial Instruments. Hybrid financial
instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded
derivatives under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and do not
require settlement by physical delivery of non-financial assets
(e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to
bifurcate the embedded derivative, it is accounted for at fair
value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost,
adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedge
accounting relationships. If the firm does not elect to
bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 155. See Notes 3
and 4 for additional information about hybrid financial
instruments.
Transfers of Financial Assets. In general,
transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales under
SFAS No. 140 when the firm has relinquished control
over the transferred assets. For transfers accounted for as
sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net
revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are
accounted for as collateralized financings, with the related
interest expense recognized in net revenues over the life of the
transaction.
Commissions. Commission revenues from
executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and
futures markets are recognized in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings on a trade-date basis.
13
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Insurance Activities. Certain of the
firms insurance and reinsurance contracts are accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 159, with changes in
fair value included in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
Revenues from variable annuity and life insurance and
reinsurance contracts not accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 159 generally consist of fees assessed on
contract holder account balances for mortality charges, policy
administration and surrender charges, and are recognized within
Trading and principal investments in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings in the period that services
are provided.
Interest credited to variable annuity and life insurance and
reinsurance contracts account balances and changes in reserves
are recognized in Other expenses in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
Premiums earned for underwriting property catastrophe
reinsurance are recognized within Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the
cost of reinsurance. Expenses for liabilities related to
property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of
losses that have been incurred but not reported, are recognized
within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings.
Merchant Banking Overrides. The firm is
entitled to receive merchant banking overrides (i.e., an
increased share of a funds income and gains) when the
return on the funds investments exceeds certain threshold
returns. Overrides are based on investment performance over the
life of each merchant banking fund, and future investment
underperformance may require amounts of override previously
distributed to the firm to be returned to the funds.
Accordingly, overrides are recognized in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings only when all material
contingencies have been resolved. Overrides are included in
Trading and principal investments in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
Asset Management. Management fees are
recognized over the period that the related service is provided
based upon average net asset values. In certain circumstances,
the firm is also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a
percentage of a funds return or when the return on assets
under management exceeds specified benchmark returns or other
performance targets. Incentive fees are generally based on
investment performance over a
12-month
period and are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the
measurement period. Accordingly, incentive fees are recognized
in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings when the
measurement period ends. Asset management fees and incentive
fees are included in Asset management and securities
services in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
Share-Based
Compensation
The firm accounts for
share-based
compensation in accordance with
SFAS No. 123-R,
Share-Based
Payment. The cost of employee services received in
exchange for a
share-based
award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value
of the award.
Share-based
awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested
awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible
employees) are expensed immediately.
Share-based
employee awards that require future service are amortized over
the relevant service period. Expected forfeitures are included
in determining
share-based
employee compensation expense. The firm adopted
SFAS No. 123-R
under the modified prospective adoption method. Under that
method of adoption, the provisions of
SFAS No. 123-R
are generally applied only to
share-based
awards granted subsequent to adoption.
Share-based
awards
14
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
held by employees that were retirement-eligible on the date of
adoption of
SFAS No. 123-R
must continue to be amortized over the stated service period of
the award (and accelerated if the employee actually retires).
The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding
restricted stock units. Dividend equivalents paid on restricted
stock units are generally charged to retained earnings. Dividend
equivalents paid on restricted stock units expected to be
forfeited are included in compensation expense. The tax benefit
related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units
is accounted for as a reduction of income tax expense. See
Recent Accounting Developments for a
discussion of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based
Payment Awards.
In certain cases, primarily related to the death of an employee
or conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award
agreements), the firm may cash settle
share-based
compensation awards. For awards accounted for as equity
instruments, Additional
paid-in
capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference
between the current value of the award and the grant-date value
of the award.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair
value of identifiable net assets at acquisition date. In
accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill is tested at least annually
for impairment. An impairment loss is recognized if the
estimated fair value of an operating segment, which is a
component one level below the firms three business
segments, is less than its estimated net book value. Such loss
is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value
of goodwill and its carrying value.
Identifiable
Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets, which consist primarily of
customer lists, specialist rights and the value of business
acquired (VOBA) and deferred acquisition costs (DAC) in the
firms insurance subsidiaries, are amortized over their
estimated lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142 or, in
the case of insurance contracts, in accordance with
SFAS No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by
Insurance Enterprises, and SFAS No. 97,
Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for
Certain
Long-Duration
Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of
Investments. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest
that an assets or asset groups carrying value may
not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, or SFAS No. 60
and SFAS No. 97. An impairment loss, calculated as the
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying
value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of
the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or
asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value.
Property,
Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment, net of
accumulated depreciation and amortization, are included in
Other assets in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition.
15
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Substantially all property and equipment are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold
improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease,
whichever is shorter. Certain costs of software developed or
obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment are tested for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest
that an assets or asset groups carrying value may
not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144. An impairment loss, calculated as the
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying
value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of
the expected undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or
asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value.
The firms operating leases include space held in excess of
current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for
growth is included in Occupancy in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings. In accordance with
SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities, the firm records a
liability, based on the fair value of the remaining lease
rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease rentals,
for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and
management has concluded that the firm will not derive any
future economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the
end of its term are recognized and measured at fair value upon
termination.
Foreign
Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in
non-U.S. currencies
are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of
the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, and
revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of
exchange for the period. Gains or losses on translation of the
financial statements of a
non-U.S. operation,
when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar,
are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the condensed
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The firm seeks
to reduce its net investment exposure to fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates through the use of foreign currency forward
contracts and foreign
currency-denominated
debt. For foreign currency forward contracts, hedge
effectiveness is assessed based on changes in forward exchange
rates; accordingly, forward points are reflected as a component
of the currency translation adjustment in the condensed
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. For foreign
currency-denominated debt, hedge effectiveness is assessed based
on changes in spot rates. Foreign currency remeasurement gains
or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are
included in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of the
firms assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are
established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that
more likely than not will be realized. The firms tax
assets and liabilities are presented as a component of
Other assets and Other liabilities and accrued
expenses, respectively, in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. Tax provisions are computed
in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes.
16
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of
FASB Statement No. 109, as of
December 1, 2007, and recorded a transition adjustment
resulting in a reduction of $201 million to beginning
retained earnings. See Note 13 for further information
regarding the firms adoption of FIN 48. A tax
position can be recognized in the financial statements only when
it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained
upon examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the
technical merits of the position. A position that meets this
standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will
more likely than not be realized upon settlement. A liability is
established for differences between positions taken in a tax
return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.
FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition,
classification, interim period accounting and accounting for
interest and penalties. Prior to the adoption of FIN 48,
contingent liabilities related to income taxes were recorded
when the criteria for loss recognition under
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies,
as amended, had been met.
Earnings Per
Common Share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to
common shareholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common
stock and restricted stock units for which no future service is
required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common
stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and,
in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock
deliverable pursuant to stock options and to restricted stock
units for which future service is required as a condition to the
delivery of the underlying common stock.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight
deposits held in the ordinary course of business.
Recent
Accounting Developments
EITF Issue
No. 06-11. In
June 2007, the EITF reached consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based
Payment Awards. EITF Issue
No. 06-11
requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents
paid on restricted stock units, which are expected to vest, be
recorded as an increase to additional
paid-in
capital. The firm currently accounts for this tax benefit as a
reduction to income tax expense. EITF Issue
No. 06-11
is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends
declared in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2007, and the firm expects to adopt the
provisions of EITF Issue
No. 06-11
beginning in the first quarter of 2009. The firm does not expect
the adoption of EITF Issue
No. 06-11
to have a material effect on its financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
FASB Staff Position
FAS No. 140-3. In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
FAS No. 140-3,
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and
Repurchase Financing Transactions. FSP
FAS No. 140-3
requires an initial transfer of a financial asset and a
repurchase financing that was entered into contemporaneously or
in contemplation of the initial transfer to be evaluated as a
linked transaction under SFAS No. 140 unless certain
criteria are met, including that the transferred asset must be
readily obtainable in the marketplace. FSP
FAS No. 140-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2008, and will be applied to new
transactions entered into after the date of adoption. Early
adoption is prohibited. The firm is currently evaluating the
impact of adopting FSP FAS No. 140-3 on its financial
condition and cash flows. Adoption of FSP
FAS No. 140-3
will have no effect on the firms results of operations.
17
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
SFAS No. 161. In March 2008,
the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.
SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an
entitys derivative and hedging activities, and is
effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods
beginning after November 15, 2008, with early
application encouraged. Since SFAS No. 161 requires
only additional disclosures concerning derivatives and hedging
activities, adoption of SFAS No. 161 will not affect
the firms financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows.
FASB Staff Position EITF
No. 03-6-1. In
June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF
No. 03-6-1,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in
Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. The FSP
addresses whether instruments granted in
share-based
payment transactions are participating securities prior to
vesting and therefore need to be included in the earnings
allocation in calculating earnings per share under the two-class
method described in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share. The FSP requires companies to treat unvested
share-based
payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividend or
dividend equivalents as a separate class of securities in
calculating earnings per share. The FSP is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2008; earlier
application is not permitted. The firm does not expect adoption
of FSP EITF
No. 03-6-1
to have a material effect on its results of operations or
earnings per share.
FASB Staff Position
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4. In
September 2008, the FASB issued FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4,
Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain
Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB
Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective
Date of FASB Statement No. 161. FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
requires enhanced disclosures about credit derivatives and
guarantees and amends FIN 45, Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others to exclude
derivative instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 133. The FSP is effective for financial
statements issued for reporting periods ending after
November 15, 2008. Since FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
only requires additional disclosures concerning credit
derivatives and guarantees, adoption of FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
will not affect the firms financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
18
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 3.
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
The following table sets forth the firms financial
instruments owned, at fair value, including those pledged as
collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value. At any point in time, the firm may use
cash instruments as well as derivatives to manage a long or
short risk position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
November 2007
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and
other money market instruments
|
|
$
|
17,405
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,985
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign
obligations
|
|
|
81,232
|
|
|
|
43,811
|
|
|
|
70,774
|
|
|
|
58,637
|
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
|
29,540
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
54,073
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans
|
|
|
29,045
|
|
|
|
2,012
|
(4)
|
|
|
49,154
|
|
|
|
3,563
|
(4)
|
Corporate debt securities and
other debt obligations
|
|
|
32,683
|
|
|
|
6,886
|
|
|
|
39,219
|
|
|
|
8,280
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
87,278
|
|
|
|
29,380
|
|
|
|
122,205
|
|
|
|
45,130
|
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
121,563
|
(2)
|
|
|
103,904
|
(5)
|
|
|
105,614
|
(2)
|
|
|
99,378
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
400,120
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
186,441
|
|
|
$
|
452,595
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
215,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes $4.90 billion and
$6.17 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, of money market instruments
held by William Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.) to
support the William Street credit extension program. See
Note 6 for further information regarding the William Street
program.
|
|
(2) |
|
Net of cash received pursuant to
credit support agreements of $98.78 billion and
$59.05 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $1.63 billion and
$1.17 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, of securities held within the
firms insurance subsidiaries which are accounted for as
available-for-sale
under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes the fair value of
commitments to extend credit.
|
|
(5) |
|
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit
support agreements of $26.26 billion and
$27.76 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(6) |
|
Includes $7.64 billion as of
November 2007, of mortgage whole loans that were
transferred to securitization vehicles where such transfers were
accounted for as secured financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140. The firm distributed to investors the
securities that were issued by the securitization vehicles and
therefore did not bear economic exposure to the underlying
mortgage whole loans.
|
19
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Fair Value
Hierarchy
The firms financial assets at fair value classified within
level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
May
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Total level 3 assets
|
|
$
|
67,868
|
|
|
$
|
78,088
|
|
|
$
|
69,151
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm bears economic
exposure (1)
|
|
|
58,270
|
|
|
|
67,341
|
|
|
|
54,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
|
1,088,145
|
|
|
|
1,119,796
|
|
Total financial assets at fair value
|
|
|
705,209
|
|
|
|
676,123
|
|
|
|
717,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total level 3 assets as a percentage of Total assets
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm bears economic exposure
as a percentage of Total assets
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total level 3 assets as a percentage of Total financial
assets at fair value
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm bears economic exposure
as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes assets which are financed
by nonrecourse debt, attributable to minority investors or
attributable to employee interests in certain consolidated funds.
|
The following tables set forth by level within the fair value
hierarchy Financial instruments owned, at fair
value, Financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value and other financial assets and
financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155 and SFAS No. 159 as of
August 2008 and November 2007. See Note 2 for
further information on the fair value hierarchy. As required by
SFAS No. 157, assets and liabilities are classified in
their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is
significant to the fair value measurement.
20
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Assets at Fair Value as of August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and
other money market instruments
|
|
$
|
5,965
|
|
|
$
|
11,440
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,405
|
|
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign obligations
|
|
|
41,439
|
|
|
|
39,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,232
|
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,325
|
|
|
|
18,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,540
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,089
|
|
|
|
10,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,045
|
|
Corporate debt securities and
other debt obligations
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
25,004
|
|
|
|
7,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,683
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
45,571
|
|
|
|
24,222
|
|
|
|
17,485
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,278
|
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
93,187
|
|
|
|
131,247
|
|
|
|
54,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
278,557
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
208,783
|
|
|
|
13,745
|
|
|
|
(100,999
|
) (7)
|
|
|
121,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
93,221
|
|
|
|
340,030
|
|
|
|
67,868
|
|
|
|
(100,999
|
)
|
|
|
400,120
|
|
Securities segregated for regulatory
and other purposes
|
|
|
22,743
|
(4)
|
|
|
56,448
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,191
|
|
Receivables from customers and
counterparties (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,866
|
|
Securities
borrowed (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,617
|
|
Financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell, at
fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
115,964
|
|
|
$
|
622,376
|
|
|
$
|
67,868
|
|
|
$
|
(100,999
|
)
|
|
$
|
705,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm does not bear economic
exposure (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,598
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm bears economic exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Principally consists of transfers accounted for as secured loans
rather than purchases under SFAS No. 140 and prepaid
variable share forwards.
|
|
(2)
|
Reflects securities borrowed within Trading and Principal
Investments. Excludes securities borrowed within Securities
Services, which are accounted for based on the amount of cash
collateral advanced plus accrued interest.
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of level 3 assets which are financed by
nonrecourse debt, attributable to minority investors or
attributable to employee interests in certain consolidated funds.
|
|
(4)
|
Consists of U.S. Treasury securities and money market
instruments as well as insurance separate account assets
measured at fair value under AICPA
SOP 03-1,
Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for
Certain Nontraditional
Long-Duration
Contracts and for Separate Accounts.
|
|
(5)
|
Principally consists of securities borrowed and resale
agreements. The underlying securities have been segregated to
satisfy certain regulatory requirements.
|
|
(6)
|
Consists of private equity and real estate fund investments.
|
|
(7)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
21
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
U.S. government, federal agency
and sovereign obligations
|
|
$
|
43,012
|
|
|
$
|
799
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
43,811
|
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,757
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,012
|
|
Corporate debt securities and other debt obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,574
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,886
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
28,722
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,380
|
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
71,734
|
|
|
|
10,206
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,537
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
123,622
|
|
|
|
8,706
|
|
|
|
(28,478
|
) (8)
|
|
|
103,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
71,788
|
|
|
|
133,828
|
|
|
|
9,303
|
|
|
|
(28,478
|
)
|
|
|
186,441
|
|
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,524
|
|
|
|
4,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,275
|
|
Bank
deposits (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
Securities
loaned (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,255
|
|
Financial instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, at
fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,204
|
|
Other secured
financings (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,842
|
|
|
|
4,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,208
|
|
Other liabilities and accrued
expenses (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings (6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,575
|
|
|
|
1,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
71,788
|
|
|
$
|
320,883
|
|
|
$
|
21,681
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
(28,478
|
)
|
|
$
|
385,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consists of promissory notes, commercial paper and hybrid
financial instruments.
|
|
(2)
|
Consists of certain certificates of deposit issued by GS Bank
USA.
|
|
(3)
|
Reflects securities loaned within Trading and Principal
Investments. Excludes securities loaned within Securities
Services, which are accounted for based on the amount of cash
collateral received plus accrued interest.
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily includes transfers accounted for as financings rather
than sales under SFAS No. 140, debt raised through the
firms William Street program and certain other nonrecourse
financings.
|
|
(5)
|
Consists of liabilities related to insurance contracts.
|
|
(6)
|
Primarily includes hybrid financial instruments and prepaid
physical commodity transactions.
|
|
(7)
|
Level 3 liabilities were 6% of Total liabilities at fair
value.
|
|
(8)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
22
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Assets at Fair Value as of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and
other money market instruments
|
|
$
|
6,237
|
|
|
$
|
2,748
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,985
|
|
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign obligations
|
|
|
37,966
|
|
|
|
32,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,774
|
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,073
|
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,073
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,820
|
|
|
|
13,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,154
|
|
Corporate debt securities and other debt obligations
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
32,193
|
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,219
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
68,727
|
|
|
|
35,472
|
|
|
|
18,006
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,205
|
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
113,845
|
|
|
|
179,685
|
|
|
|
53,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
346,981
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
153,065
|
|
|
|
15,700
|
|
|
|
(63,437
|
) (7)
|
|
|
105,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
114,131
|
|
|
|
332,750
|
|
|
|
69,151
|
|
|
|
(63,437
|
)
|
|
|
452,595
|
|
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
24,078
|
(4)
|
|
|
69,940
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,018
|
|
Receivables from customers and
counterparties (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,950
|
|
Securities
borrowed (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,277
|
|
Financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell, at
fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
138,209
|
|
|
$
|
573,634
|
|
|
$
|
69,151
|
|
|
$
|
(63,437
|
)
|
|
$
|
717,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm does not bear economic
exposure (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,437
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets for which the firm bears economic exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
54,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consists of transfers accounted for as secured loans rather than
purchases under SFAS No. 140 and prepaid variable
share forwards.
|
|
(2)
|
Reflects securities borrowed within Trading and Principal
Investments. Excludes securities borrowed within Securities
Services, which are accounted for based on the amount of cash
collateral advanced plus accrued interest.
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of level 3 assets which are financed by
nonrecourse debt, attributable to minority investors or
attributable to employee interests in certain consolidated funds.
|
|
(4)
|
Consists of U.S. Treasury securities and money market
instruments as well as insurance separate account assets
measured at fair value under AICPA
SOP 03-1,
Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for
Certain Nontraditional
Long-Duration
Contracts and for Separate Accounts.
|
|
(5)
|
Principally consists of securities borrowed and resale
agreements. The underlying securities have been segregated to
satisfy certain regulatory requirements.
|
|
(6)
|
Consists of private equity and real estate fund investments.
|
|
(7)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
23
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign obligations
|
|
$
|
57,714
|
|
|
$
|
923
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,637
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,525
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,563
|
|
Corporate debt securities and other debt obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,764
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,280
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
44,076
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,130
|
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
101,790
|
|
|
|
13,301
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,645
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
117,794
|
|
|
|
13,644
|
|
|
|
(32,272
|
) (7)
|
|
|
99,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
102,002
|
|
|
|
131,095
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
|
|
(32,272
|
)
|
|
|
215,023
|
|
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,060
|
|
|
|
4,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,331
|
|
Bank
deposits (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
Securities
loaned (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,449
|
|
Financial instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, at
fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,178
|
|
Other secured
financings (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,581
|
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,161
|
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
102,002
|
|
|
$
|
388,987
|
|
|
$
|
19,236
|
(6)
|
|
$
|
(32,272
|
)
|
|
$
|
477,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consists of promissory notes, commercial paper and hybrid
financial instruments.
|
|
(2)
|
Consists of certain certificates of deposit issued by GS Bank
USA.
|
|
(3)
|
Reflects securities loaned within Trading and Principal
Investments. Excludes securities loaned within Securities
Services, which are accounted for based on the amount of cash
collateral received plus accrued interest.
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily includes transfers accounted for as financings rather
than sales under SFAS No. 140, debt raised through the
firms William Street program and certain other nonrecourse
financings.
|
|
(5)
|
Primarily includes hybrid financial instruments and prepaid
physical commodity transactions.
|
|
(6)
|
Level 3 liabilities were 4% of Total liabilities at fair
value.
|
|
(7)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
24
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Level 3
Unrealized Gains/(Losses)
The table below sets forth a summary of unrealized
gains/(losses) on the firms level 3 financial assets
and financial liabilities still held at the reporting date for
the three and nine months ended August 2008 and
August 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unrealized Gains/(Losses)
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Cash Instruments Assets
|
|
$
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,607
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(662
|
)
|
Cash Instruments Liabilities
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(569
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on level 3 cash instruments
|
|
|
(2,311
|
)
|
|
|
(2,165
|
)
|
|
|
(4,495
|
)
|
|
|
(1,231
|
)
|
Derivative Contracts Net
|
|
|
3,216
|
|
|
|
2,624
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
Unsecured
Short-Term
Borrowings
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Other Secured Financings
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured
Long-Term
Borrowings
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total level 3 unrealized gains/(losses)
|
|
$
|
1,511
|
|
|
$
|
620
|
|
|
$
|
1,941
|
|
|
$
|
1,673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Instruments
The net unrealized loss on level 3 cash instruments of
$2.31 billion for the three months ended August 2008
primarily consisted of unrealized losses on loans and securities
backed by commercial real estate and bank loans and bridge
loans. The net unrealized loss on level 3 cash instruments
of $4.50 billion for the nine months ended August 2008
primarily consisted of unrealized losses on loans and securities
backed by commercial and residential real estate and certain
bank loans and bridge loans. Losses in the three and nine month
periods reflect the continued weakness in the global credit
markets.
Level 3 cash instruments are frequently economically hedged
with instruments classified within level 1 and
level 2, and accordingly, gains or losses that have been
reported in level 3 are frequently offset by gains or
losses attributable to instruments classified within
level 1 or level 2 or by gains or losses on derivative
contracts classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
25
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Derivative
Contracts
The net unrealized gain on level 3 derivative contracts of
$3.22 billion for the three months ended August 2008
and net unrealized gain of $5.62 billion for the nine
months ended August 2008 was primarily attributable to
changes in observable credit spreads (which are level 2 inputs)
on the underlying instruments. Level 3 gains and losses on
derivative contracts should be considered in the context of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
A derivative contract with level 1
and/or
level 2 inputs is classified as a level 3 financial
instrument in its entirety if it has at least one significant
level 3 input.
|
|
|
|
If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain
or loss from adjusting only observable inputs
(i.e., level 1 and level 2) is still
classified as level 3.
|
|
|
|
Gains or losses that have been reported in level 3
resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs
are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to
instruments classified within level 1 or level 2 or by
cash instruments reported in level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy.
|
The tables below set forth a summary of changes in the fair
value of the firms level 3 financial assets and
financial liabilities for the three and nine months ended
August 2008 and August 2007. The tables reflect gains
and losses, including gains and losses on financial assets and
financial liabilities that were transferred to level 3
during the period, for the three and nine month periods for all
financial assets and financial liabilities categorized as
level 3 as of August 2008 and August 2007,
respectively. The tables do not include gains or losses that
were reported in level 3 in prior periods for instruments
that were sold or transferred out of level 3 prior to the
end of the period presented.
26
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
|
|
|
Three Months Ended August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Cash
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Other
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Secured
|
|
and Accrued
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
- Assets
|
|
- Liabilities
|
|
- Net
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
Financings
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
59,671
|
|
|
$
|
(581
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,508
|
|
|
$
|
(3,837
|
)
|
|
$
|
(880
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,002
|
)
|
Realized gains/(losses)
|
|
|
598
|
(1)
|
|
|
(1
|
) (3)
|
|
|
(381
|
) (3)
|
|
|
33
|
(3)
|
|
|
25
|
(3)
|
|
|
(8
|
) (3)
|
|
|
(5
|
) (3)
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at
the reporting date
|
|
|
(2,207
|
) (1)
|
|
|
(104
|
) (3)
|
|
|
3,216
|
(3)(4)
|
|
|
310
|
(3)
|
|
|
99
|
(3)
|
|
|
(20
|
) (3)
|
|
|
217
|
(3)
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
(5,837
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(787
|
)
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
(1,315
|
)
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
Transfers in
and/or out
of level 3
|
|
|
1,898
|
(2)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(4,344
|
) (5)
|
|
|
(470
|
)
|
|
|
(3,962
|
) (6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
54,123
|
|
|
$
|
(597
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,039
|
|
|
$
|
(4,751
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,366
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,343
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,918
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
|
|
|
Three Months Ended August 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Cash
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Other
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Secured
|
|
and Accrued
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
- Assets
|
|
- Liabilities
|
|
- Net
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
Financings
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
45,141
|
|
|
$
|
(849
|
)
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
(5,507
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(503
|
)
|
Realized gains/(losses)
|
|
|
251
|
(1)
|
|
|
7
|
(3)
|
|
|
313
|
(3)
|
|
|
(41
|
) (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at
the reporting date
|
|
|
(1,607
|
) (1)
|
|
|
(558
|
) (3)
|
|
|
2,624
|
(3)(4)
|
|
|
92
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
(3)
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
5,682
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Transfers in
and/or out
of level 3
|
|
|
6,736
|
(7)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(3,189
|
) (8)
|
|
|
2,407
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
56,203
|
|
|
$
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,033
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,281
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(652
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The aggregate amounts include approximately $(2.23) billion and
$623 million reported in Trading and principal
investments and Interest income, respectively,
in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the
three months ended August 2008. The aggregate amounts
include approximately $(1.93) billion and $574 million
reported in Trading and principal investments and
Interest income, respectively, in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings for the three months ended
August 2007.
|
|
(2)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of loans and securities backed by commercial
real estate and private equity investments, reflecting reduced
price transparency for these financial instruments, partially
offset by transfers of corporate debt securities and other debt
obligations to level 2 within the fair value hierarchy,
reflecting improved price transparency for these financial
instruments, largely as a result of sales and partial sales.
|
|
(3)
|
Substantially all is reported in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
|
|
(4)
|
Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.
|
|
(5)
|
Principally reflects transfers to level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of
mortgage-related
derivative assets, as recent trading activity provided improved
transparency of correlation inputs.
|
|
(6)
|
Consists of transfers from level 2 within the fair value
hierarchy.
|
|
(7)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of loans and securities backed by commercial and
residential real estate and certain bank loans and bridge loans,
reflecting reduced price transparency for these financial
instruments.
|
|
(8)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of structured credit derivative liabilities, due
to reduced transparency of correlation inputs.
|
|
(9)
|
Principally reflects transfers to level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy.
|
27
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Cash
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Other
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Secured
|
|
and Accrued
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
- Assets
|
|
- Liabilities
|
|
- Net
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
Financings
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
53,451
|
|
|
$
|
(554
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,056
|
|
|
$
|
(4,271
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(767
|
)
|
Realized gains/(losses)
|
|
|
2,103
|
(1)
|
|
|
2
|
(3)
|
|
|
362
|
(3)
|
|
|
(19
|
) (3)
|
|
|
25
|
(3)
|
|
|
(8
|
) (3)
|
|
|
(10
|
) (3)
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at
the reporting date
|
|
|
(4,249
|
) (1)
|
|
|
(246
|
) (3)
|
|
|
5,623
|
(3)(4)
|
|
|
306
|
(3)
|
|
|
263
|
(3)
|
|
|
(20
|
) (3)
|
|
|
264
|
(3)
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
(1,331
|
)
|
|
|
(283
|
)
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
(1,315
|
)
|
|
|
(1,304
|
)
|
Transfers in
and/or out
of level 3
|
|
|
2,392
|
(2)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(1,671
|
) (5)
|
|
|
(484
|
)
|
|
|
(4,925
|
) (6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
54,123
|
|
|
$
|
(597
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,039
|
|
|
$
|
(4,751
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,366
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,343
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,918
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended August 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Cash
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Other
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Secured
|
|
and Accrued
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
- Assets
|
|
- Liabilities
|
|
- Net
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
Financings
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
(223
|
)
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
(3,253
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(135
|
)
|
Realized gains/(losses)
|
|
|
1,363
|
(1)
|
|
|
14
|
(3)
|
|
|
1,135
|
(3)
|
|
|
(100
|
) (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
(3)
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at
the reporting date
|
|
|
(662
|
) (1)
|
|
|
(569
|
) (3)
|
|
|
2,812
|
(3)(4)
|
|
|
21
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
(3)
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
18,886
|
|
|
|
(489
|
)
|
|
|
(3,154
|
)
|
|
|
(985
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(559
|
)
|
Transfers in
and/or out
of level 3
|
|
|
6,711
|
(7)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(2,406
|
) (8)
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
56,203
|
|
|
$
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,033
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,281
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(652
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The aggregate amounts include approximately $(4.09) billion and
$1.94 billion reported in Trading and principal
investments and Interest income, respectively,
in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the
nine months ended August 2008. The aggregate amounts
include approximately $(789) million and $1.49 billion
reported in Trading and principal investments and
Interest income, respectively, in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings for the nine months ended
August 2007.
|
|
(2)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of loans and securities backed by commercial
real estate, reflecting reduced price transparency for these
financial instruments.
|
|
(3)
|
Substantially all is reported in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
|
|
(4)
|
Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.
|
|
(5)
|
Principally reflects transfers to level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of
mortgage-related
derivative assets, as recent trading activity provided improved
transparency of correlation inputs.
|
|
(6)
|
Consists of transfers from level 2 within the fair value
hierarchy.
|
|
(7)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of loans and securities backed by commercial and
residential real estate and certain bank loans and bridge loans,
reflecting reduced price transparency for these financial
instruments.
|
|
(8)
|
Principally reflects transfers from level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy of structured credit derivative liabilities, due
to reduced transparency of correlation inputs.
|
28
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Credit risk is an essential component of fair value
(i.e., exit price). Cash products (e.g., bonds and
loans) and derivative instruments (particularly those with
significant future projected cash flows) trade in the market at
levels which reflect credit considerations. The firm calculates
the fair value of derivative assets by discounting future cash
flows at a rate which incorporates counterparty credit spreads
and on derivative liabilities at a rate which incorporates the
firms own credit spreads. In doing so, credit exposures
are adjusted to reflect mitigants, namely collateral agreements
which reduce exposures based on triggers and contractual posting
requirements. The firm manages its exposure to credit risk as it
does other market risks and will price, economically hedge,
facilitate and intermediate trades which involve credit risk.
The firm records liquidity valuation adjustments to reflect the
cost of exiting concentrated risk positions, including exposure
to the firms own credit spreads.
On an ongoing basis, the firm realizes gains or losses relating
to changes in credit risk on derivative contracts through
changes in credit mitigants or the sale or unwind of the
contracts. The net gain attributable to the impact of changes in
credit exposure and credit spreads on derivative contracts was
$257 million and $128 million for the three and nine
months ended August 2008.
The following table sets forth the gains/(losses) attributable
to the impact of changes in the firms own credit spreads
on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was
elected. The firm calculates the fair value of unsecured
borrowings by discounting future cash flows at a rate which
incorporates the firms observable credit spreads.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended August
|
|
Nine Months Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Gains/(losses) including hedges
|
|
$
|
176
|
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
254
|
|
Gains/(losses) excluding hedges
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
For the three and nine months ended August 2008 and
August 2007, the changes in the fair value of receivables
(including securities borrowed and resale agreements) for which
the fair value option was elected that were attributable to
changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were not material.
As of August 2008 and November 2007, the difference
between the fair value and the aggregate contractual principal
amount of both
long-term
receivables and
long-term
debt instruments (principal and non-principal protected) for
which the fair value option was elected was not material to the
carrying value of either the
long-term
receivables or the
long-term
debt.
29
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the gains/(losses) included in
earnings for the three and nine months ended August 2008
and August 2007 related to financial assets and financial
liabilities for which the firm has elected to apply the fair
value option under SFAS No. 155 and
SFAS No. 159. The table does not reflect the impact to
the firms earnings of applying SFAS No. 159
because a significant amount of these gains and losses would
have also been recognized under previously issued generally
accepted accounting principles, or are economically hedged with
instruments accounted for at fair value under other generally
accepted accounting principles that are not reflected in the
table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Other secured financings
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
$
|
897
|
|
|
$
|
1,397
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
772
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair
value (2)
|
|
|
(528
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(930
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
|
|
(403
|
)
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(387
|
)
|
|
|
(957
|
)
|
Other (3)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (4)
|
|
$
|
3,296
|
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
2,142
|
|
|
$
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes $870 million for the
nine months ended August 2008, related to financings
recorded as a result of certain mortgage securitizations that
were accounted for as secured financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140. Changes in the fair value of these
secured financings are equally offset by changes in the fair
value of the related mortgage whole loans, which were included
within the firms Financial instruments owned, at
fair value in the condensed consolidated statement of
financial condition.
|
|
(2) |
|
Primarily consists of investments
for which the firm would otherwise have applied the equity
method of accounting as well as securities held in GS Bank USA
(which would otherwise be accounted for as
available-for-sale).
|
|
(3) |
|
Primarily consists of certain
insurance and reinsurance contracts, resale and repurchase
agreements and securities borrowed and loaned within Trading and
Principal Investments.
|
|
(4) |
|
Reported within Trading and
principal investments within the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings. The amounts exclude contractual
interest, which is included in Interest income and
Interest expense, for all instruments other than
hybrid financial instruments.
|
30
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Derivative
Activities
Derivative contracts are instruments, such as futures, forwards,
swaps or option contracts, that derive their value from
underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a combination of
these factors. Derivative instruments may be privately
negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Derivatives may involve future commitments to purchase or sell
financial instruments or commodities, or to exchange currency or
interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the
specific terms of the contract with reference to specified
rates, securities, commodities, currencies or indices.
Certain cash instruments, such as
mortgage-backed
securities, interest-only and principal-only obligations, and
indexed debt instruments, are not considered derivatives even
though their values or contractually required cash flows are
derived from the price of some other security or index. However,
certain commodity-related contracts are included in the
firms derivatives disclosure, as these contracts may be
settled in cash or the assets to be delivered under the contract
are readily convertible into cash.
The firm enters into derivative transactions to facilitate
client transactions, to take proprietary positions and as a
means of risk management. Risk exposures are managed through
diversification, by controlling position sizes and by entering
into offsetting positions. For example, the firm may manage the
risk related to a portfolio of common stock by entering into an
offsetting position in a related
equity-index
futures contract.
The firm applies hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133
to certain derivative contracts. The firm uses these derivatives
to manage certain interest rate and currency exposures,
including the firms net investment in
non-U.S. operations.
The firm designates certain interest rate swap contracts as fair
value hedges. These interest rate swap contracts hedge changes
in the relevant benchmark interest rate (e.g., London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a
substantial portion of the firms unsecured
long-term
and certain unsecured
short-term
borrowings into floating rate obligations. See Note 2 for
information regarding the firms accounting policy for
foreign currency forward contracts used to hedge its net
investment in
non-U.S. operations.
The firm applies a long-haul method to all of its hedge
accounting relationships to perform an ongoing assessment of the
effectiveness of these relationships in achieving offsetting
changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to
the risk being hedged. The firm utilizes a dollar-offset method,
which compares the change in the fair value of the hedging
instrument to the change in the fair value of the hedged item,
excluding the effect of the passage of time, to prospectively
and retrospectively assess hedge effectiveness. The firms
prospective dollar-offset assessment utilizes scenario analyses
to test hedge effectiveness via simulations of numerous parallel
and slope shifts of the relevant yield curve. Parallel shifts
change the interest rate of all maturities by identical amounts.
Slope shifts change the curvature of the yield curve. For both
the prospective assessment, in response to each of the simulated
yield curve shifts, and the retrospective assessment, a hedging
relationship is deemed to be effective if the fair value of the
hedging instrument and the hedged item change inversely within a
range of 80% to 125%.
For fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivative
transactions are recognized in Interest expense in
the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. The change in
fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being
hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is
subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining
life. Gains or losses related to hedge ineffectiveness for all
hedges are generally included in Interest expense.
These gains or losses and the component of gains or losses on
derivative transactions excluded from the assessment
31
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
of hedge effectiveness (e.g., the effect of the passage of
time on fair value hedges of the firms borrowings) were
not material to the firms results of operations for the
three and nine months ended August 2008 or
August 2007. Gains and losses on derivatives used for
trading purposes are included in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
The fair value of the firms derivative contracts is
reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to credit
support agreements and is reported on a
net-by-counterparty
basis in the firms condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition when management believes a legal right of
setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. The fair
value of derivative financial instruments, presented in
accordance with the firms netting policy, is set forth
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
November 2007
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Contract Type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward settlement contracts
|
|
$
|
30,146
|
|
|
$
|
32,372
|
|
|
$
|
22,561
|
|
|
$
|
27,138
|
|
Swap agreements
|
|
|
141,338
|
|
|
|
57,693
|
|
|
|
104,793
|
|
|
|
62,697
|
|
Option contracts
|
|
|
64,582
|
|
|
|
55,826
|
|
|
|
53,056
|
|
|
|
53,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
236,066
|
|
|
|
145,891
|
|
|
|
180,410
|
|
|
|
142,882
|
|
Netting across contract
types (1)
|
|
|
(15,725
|
)
|
|
|
(15,725
|
)
|
|
|
(15,746
|
)
|
|
|
(15,746
|
)
|
Cash collateral
netting (2)
|
|
|
(98,778
|
)
|
|
|
(26,262
|
)
|
|
|
(59,050
|
)
|
|
|
(27,758
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
121,563
|
|
|
$
|
103,904
|
|
|
$
|
105,614
|
|
|
$
|
99,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the netting of
receivable balances with payable balances for the same
counterparty across contract types pursuant to credit support
agreements.
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents the netting of cash
collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis pursuant
to credit support agreements.
|
The fair value of derivatives accounted for as qualifying hedges
under SFAS No. 133 consisted of $11.33 billion
and $5.15 billion in assets as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, and $409 million and
$355 million in liabilities as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
The firm also has embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated
from related borrowings under SFAS No. 133. Such
derivatives, which are classified in unsecured
short-term
and unsecured
long-term
borrowings, had a carrying value of $(320) million and
$463 million (excluding the debt host contract) as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively. See
Notes 4 and 5 for further information regarding the
firms unsecured borrowings.
Securitization
Activities
The firm securitizes commercial and residential mortgages, home
equity and auto loans, government and corporate bonds and other
types of financial assets. The firm acts as underwriter of the
beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm
derecognizes financial assets transferred in securitizations,
provided it has relinquished control over such assets.
Transferred assets are accounted for at fair value prior to
securitization. Net revenues related to these underwriting
activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the
underlying beneficial interests to investors.
The firm may retain interests in securitized financial assets,
primarily in the form of senior or subordinated securities,
including residual interests. Retained interests are accounted
for at fair value and are included in Total financial
instruments owned, at fair value in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition.
32
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the amount of financial assets
the firm securitized, as well as cash flows received on retained
interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Residential mortgages
|
|
$
|
1,375
|
|
|
$
|
2,856
|
|
|
$
|
5,486
|
|
|
$
|
22,852
|
|
Commercial mortgages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,250
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
15,611
|
|
Other financial assets
|
|
|
4,476
|
(1)
|
|
|
6,833
|
(2)
|
|
|
6,130
|
(1)
|
|
|
31,282
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,851
|
|
|
$
|
23,939
|
|
|
$
|
12,389
|
|
|
$
|
69,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows received on retained interests
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
$
|
404
|
|
|
$
|
548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily in connection with
collateralized loan obligations (CLOs).
|
|
(2) |
|
Primarily in connection with CDOs
and CLOs.
|
As of August 2008 and November 2007, the firm held
$2.53 billion and $4.57 billion of retained interests,
respectively, from these securitization activities, including
$2.04 billion and $2.72 billion, respectively, held in
QSPEs.
The following table sets forth the weighted average key economic
assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the firms
retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to
immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
Type of Retained Interests
|
|
Type of Retained Interests
|
|
|
Mortgage-
|
|
CDOs and
|
|
Mortgage-
|
|
CDOs and
|
|
|
Backed
|
|
CLOs (4)
|
|
Backed
|
|
CLOs (4)
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Fair value of retained interests
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
650
|
|
|
$
|
3,378
|
|
|
$
|
1,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average life (years)
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constant prepayment
rate (1)
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
Impact of 10% adverse
change (1)
|
|
$
|
(16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(43
|
)
|
Impact of 20% adverse
change (1)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anticipated credit
losses (2)
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Impact of 10% adverse
change (3)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(45
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Impact of 20% adverse
change (3)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.8
|
%
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
Impact of 10% adverse change
|
|
$
|
(53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31
|
)
|
|
$
|
(89
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
Impact of 20% adverse change
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Constant prepayment rate is
included only for positions for which constant prepayment rate
is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.
|
|
(2) |
|
Anticipated credit losses are
computed only on positions for which expected credit loss is a
key assumption in the determination of fair value or positions
for which expected credit loss is not reflected within the
discount rate.
|
|
(3) |
|
The impacts of adverse change take
into account credit mitigants incorporated in the retained
interests, including
over-collateralization
and subordination provisions.
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes $323 million and
$905 million as of August 2008 and November 2007,
respectively, of retained interests related to transfers of
securitized assets that were accounted for as secured financings
rather than sales under SFAS No. 140.
|
33
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The preceding table does not give effect to the offsetting
benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate
risks inherent in these retained interests. Changes in fair
value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally
cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in
assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear.
In addition, the impact of a change in a particular assumption
is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption.
In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify
or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.
In addition to the retained interests described above, the firm
also held interests in residential mortgage QSPEs purchased in
connection with secondary market-making activities. These
purchased interests were approximately $4 billion and
$6 billion as of August 2008 and November 2007,
respectively.
As of August 2008 and November 2007, the firm held
mortgage servicing rights with a fair value of $240 million
and $93 million, respectively. These servicing assets
represent the firms right to receive a future stream of
cash flows, such as servicing fees, in excess of the firms
obligation to service residential mortgages. The fair value of
mortgage servicing rights will fluctuate in response to changes
in certain economic variables, such as discount rates and loan
prepayment rates. The firm estimates the fair value of mortgage
servicing rights by using valuation models that incorporate
these variables in quantifying anticipated cash flows related to
servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights are included in
Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and are
classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The
following table sets forth changes in the firms mortgage
servicing rights, as well as servicing fees earned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
August 2008
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
239
|
(2)
|
Servicing assets that resulted from transfers of financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Changes in fair value due to changes in valuation inputs and
assumptions
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of
period (1)
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractually specified servicing fees
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Fair value as of August 2008
was estimated using a weighted average discount rate of
approximately 16% and a weighted average prepayment rate of
approximately 28%.
|
|
(2) |
|
Primarily related to the
acquisition of Litton Loan Servicing LP.
|
34
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Variable
Interest Entities (VIEs)
The firm, in the ordinary course of business, retains interests
in VIEs in connection with its securitization activities. The
firm also purchases and sells variable interests in VIEs, which
primarily issue
mortgage-backed
and other
asset-backed
securities, CDOs and CLOs, in connection with its market-making
activities and makes investments in and loans to VIEs that hold
performing and nonperforming debt, equity, real estate,
power-related and other assets. In addition, the firm utilizes
VIEs to provide investors with principal-protected notes,
credit-linked
notes and
asset-repackaged
notes designed to meet their objectives.
VIEs generally purchase assets by issuing debt and equity
instruments. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees
to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs. In such cases,
the maximum exposure to loss included in the tables set forth
below is the notional amount of such guarantees. Such amounts do
not represent anticipated losses in connection with these
guarantees.
The firms variable interests in VIEs include senior and
subordinated debt; loan commitments; limited and general
partnership interests; preferred and common stock; interest
rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit
derivatives; guarantees; and residual interests in
mortgage-backed
and
asset-backed
securitization vehicles, CDOs and CLOs. The firms exposure
to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests
in these entities.
35
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables set forth total assets in nonconsolidated
VIEs in which the firm holds significant variable interests and
the firms maximum exposure to loss associated with these
variable interests. The firm has aggregated nonconsolidated VIEs
based on principal business activity, as reflected in the first
column. The nature of the firms variable interests can
take different forms, as described in the columns under maximum
exposure to loss.
These tables do not give effect to the benefit of any offsetting
financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks related to
the firms interests in nonconsolidated VIEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated
VIEs (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Retained
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
|
|
VIE Assets
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
Investments
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Mortgage CDOs
|
|
$
|
15,895
|
|
|
|
$
|
386
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,663
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,049
|
|
Corporate CDOs and CLOs
|
|
|
13,503
|
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,187
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,493
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and other
investing (2)
|
|
|
26,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,636
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
Other
asset-backed
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
Power-related
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Principal-protected
notes (3)
|
|
|
6,299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
65,104
|
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
191
|
|
|
$
|
17,018
|
|
|
$
|
3,851
|
|
|
$
|
21,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated
VIEs (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Retained
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
|
|
VIE Assets
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
Investments
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Mortgage CDOs
|
|
$
|
18,914
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,089
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,100
|
|
Corporate CDOs and CLOs
|
|
|
10,750
|
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,218
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,629
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and other
investing (2)
|
|
|
17,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
3,260
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
Other
mortgage-backed
|
|
|
3,881
|
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
Other
asset-backed
|
|
|
3,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,579
|
|
Power-related
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Principal-protected
notes (3)
|
|
|
5,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
62,137
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,143
|
|
|
$
|
1,557
|
|
|
$
|
19,084
|
|
|
$
|
3,157
|
|
|
$
|
25,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in
connection with these transactions.
|
|
(2)
|
The firm obtains interests in these VIEs in connection with
making proprietary investments in real estate, distressed loans
and other types of debt, mezzanine instruments and equities.
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of
out-of-the-money
written put options that provide principal protection to clients
invested in various fund products, with risk to the firm
mitigated through portfolio rebalancing.
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily consists of written protection on investment-grade,
short-term
collateral held by VIEs that have issued CDOs.
|
|
(5)
|
Primarily consists of total return swaps on CDOs and CLOs. The
firm has generally transferred the risks related to the
underlying securities through derivatives with non-VIEs.
|
36
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the firms total assets and
maximum exposure to loss associated with its significant
variable interests in consolidated VIEs where the firm does not
hold a majority voting interest. The firm has aggregated
consolidated VIEs based on principal business activity, as
reflected in the first column.
The table does not give effect to the benefit of any offsetting
financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks related to
the firms interests in consolidated VIEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure
|
|
|
|
Exposure
|
|
|
VIE
Assets (1)
|
|
to
Loss (2)
|
|
VIE
Assets (1)
|
|
to
Loss (2)
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and other investing
|
|
$
|
1,741
|
|
|
$
|
467
|
|
|
$
|
2,118
|
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
1,959
|
|
|
|
1,959
|
|
CDOs,
mortgage-backed
and other
asset-backed
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
Foreign exchange and commodities
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
Principal-protected notes
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,276
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
|
$
|
6,100
|
|
|
$
|
4,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consolidated VIE assets include
assets financed on a nonrecourse basis.
|
|
(2) |
|
Such amounts do not represent the
anticipated losses in connection with these transactions.
|
While the firm is routinely involved with VIEs and QSPEs in
connection with its securitization activities, the firm did not
have
off-balance-sheet
commitments to purchase or finance CDOs held by structured
investment vehicles as of August 2008 or November 2007.
Collateralized
Transactions
The firm receives financial instruments as collateral, primarily
in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed,
derivative transactions and customer margin loans. Such
financial instruments may include obligations of the
U.S. government, federal agencies, sovereigns and
corporations, as well as equities and convertibles.
In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge
these financial instruments in connection with entering into
repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other
secured financings, collateralizing derivative transactions and
meeting firm or customer settlement requirements. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, the fair value of
financial instruments received as collateral by the firm that it
was permitted to deliver or repledge was $831.85 billion
and $891.05 billion, respectively, of which the firm
delivered or repledged $691.94 billion and
$785.62 billion, respectively.
The firm also pledges assets that it owns to counterparties who
may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.
Financial instruments owned and pledged to counterparties that
have the right to deliver or repledge are reported as
Financial instruments owned and pledged as collateral, at
fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition and were $37.34 billion and
$46.14 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. Financial instruments owned
and pledged in connection with repurchase agreements, securities
lending agreements and other secured financings to
counterparties that did not have the right to sell or repledge
are included in Financial instruments owned, at fair
value in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition and
37
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
were $105.19 billion and $156.92 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively. Other
assets (primarily real estate and cash) owned and pledged in
connection with other secured financings to counterparties that
did not have the right to sell or repledge were
$9.03 billion and $5.86 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively.
In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending
agreements, the firm obtains secured funding through the use of
other arrangements. Other secured financings include
arrangements that are nonrecourse, that is, only the subsidiary
that executed the arrangement or a subsidiary guaranteeing the
arrangement is obligated to repay the financing. Other secured
financings consist of liabilities related to the firms
William Street program, consolidated VIEs, collateralized
central bank financings, transfers of financial assets that are
accounted for as financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140 (primarily pledged bank loans and
mortgage whole loans) and other structured financing
arrangements.
Other secured financings by maturity are set forth in the table
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Other secured financings
(short-term) (1)(2)
|
|
$
|
27,212
|
|
|
$
|
32,410
|
|
Other secured financings
(long-term):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,417
|
|
|
|
2,301
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5,929
|
|
|
|
2,427
|
|
2012
|
|
|
4,195
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
2014-thereafter
|
|
|
11,313
|
|
|
|
19,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other secured financings
(long-term) (3)(4)
|
|
|
25,609
|
|
|
|
33,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other secured
financings (5)
|
|
$
|
52,821
|
|
|
$
|
65,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As of August 2008, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $17.21 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 2.82% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $10.00 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 1.09%, after giving effect to hedging
activities. As of November 2007, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $18.47 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 5.32% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $13.94 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 0.91%, after giving effect to hedging
activities. The weighted average interest rates as of
August 2008 and November 2007 excluded financial
instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 159.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes other secured financings
maturing within one year of the financial statement date and
other secured financings that are redeemable within one year of
the financial statement date at the option of the holder.
|
|
(3) |
|
As of August 2008, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $12.34 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 4.05% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $13.27 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 4.74%, after giving effect to hedging
activities. As of November 2007, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $22.13 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 5.73% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $11.17 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 4.28%, after giving effect to hedging
activities. The weighted average interest rates as of
August 2008 and November 2007 excluded financial
instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 159.
|
|
(4) |
|
Secured
long-term
financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of
the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
Secured
long-term
financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option
of the holder are reflected at the dates such options become
exercisable.
|
|
(5) |
|
As of August 2008,
$43.46 billion of these financings were collateralized by
financial instruments and $9.36 billion by other assets
(primarily real estate and cash). As of November 2007,
$61.34 billion of these financings were collateralized by
financial instruments and $4.37 billion by other assets
(primarily real estate and cash). Other secured financings
include $17.89 billion and $25.37 billion of
nonrecourse obligations as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
38
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 4.
|
Unsecured
Short-Term
Borrowings
|
As of August 2008 and November 2007, unsecured
short-term borrowings were $64.65 billion and
$71.56 billion, respectively. Such amounts also include the
portion of unsecured
long-term
borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement
date and unsecured
long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial
statement date at the option of the holder. The firm accounts
for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid
financial instruments at fair value under SFAS No. 155
or SFAS No. 159.
Short-term
borrowings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded
based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, and
such amounts approximate fair value due to the
short-term
nature of the obligations.
Unsecured
short-term
borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Current portion of unsecured
long-term
borrowings
|
|
$
|
27,385
|
|
|
$
|
22,740
|
|
Hybrid financial instruments
|
|
|
18,894
|
|
|
|
22,318
|
|
Promissory notes
|
|
|
8,005
|
|
|
|
13,251
|
|
Commercial paper
|
|
|
1,365
|
|
|
|
4,343
|
|
Other
short-term
borrowings
|
|
|
9,004
|
|
|
|
8,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1)
|
|
$
|
64,653
|
|
|
$
|
71,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The weighted average interest rates
for these borrowings, after giving effect to hedging activities,
were 2.77% and 5.05% as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. The weighted average interest
rates as of August 2008 and November 2007 excluded
financial instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155 or SFAS No. 159.
|
39
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 5.
|
Unsecured
Long-Term
Borrowings
|
The firms unsecured
long-term
borrowings extend through 2043 and consist principally of senior
borrowings.
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Fixed rate
obligations (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
$
|
63,818
|
|
|
$
|
55,281
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar
|
|
|
36,673
|
|
|
|
29,139
|
|
Floating rate
obligations (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
38,283
|
|
|
|
47,308
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar
|
|
|
37,593
|
|
|
|
32,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (3)
|
|
$
|
176,367
|
|
|
$
|
164,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As of August 2008 and
November 2007, interest rates on U.S. dollar fixed
rate obligations ranged from 3.60% to 10.04% and from 3.88% to
10.04%, respectively. As of both August 2008 and
November 2007, interest rates on
non-U.S. dollar
fixed rate obligations ranged from 0.67% to 8.88%.
|
|
(2) |
|
Floating interest rates generally
are based on LIBOR or the federal funds target rate.
Equity-linked
and indexed instruments are included in floating rate
obligations.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $2.95 billion and
$3.05 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, of foreign
currency-denominated
debt designated as hedges of net investments in
non-U.S. subsidiaries
under SFAS No. 133.
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings by maturity date are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
2008 (1)(2)
|
|
November
2007 (1)(2)
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Total
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
3,754
|
|
|
$
|
962
|
|
|
$
|
4,716
|
|
|
$
|
20,204
|
|
|
$
|
2,978
|
|
|
$
|
23,182
|
|
2010
|
|
|
9,389
|
|
|
|
6,754
|
|
|
|
16,143
|
|
|
|
7,989
|
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
|
|
13,703
|
|
2011
|
|
|
7,009
|
|
|
|
5,321
|
|
|
|
12,330
|
|
|
|
5,848
|
|
|
|
4,839
|
|
|
|
10,687
|
|
2012
|
|
|
13,196
|
|
|
|
3,704
|
|
|
|
16,900
|
|
|
|
14,913
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
|
|
18,608
|
|
2013
|
|
|
9,138
|
|
|
|
13,865
|
|
|
|
23,003
|
|
|
|
6,490
|
|
|
|
9,326
|
|
|
|
15,816
|
|
2014-thereafter
|
|
|
59,615
|
|
|
|
43,660
|
|
|
|
103,275
|
|
|
|
47,145
|
|
|
|
35,033
|
|
|
|
82,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
102,101
|
|
|
$
|
74,266
|
|
|
$
|
176,367
|
|
|
$
|
102,589
|
|
|
$
|
61,585
|
|
|
$
|
164,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement
date and certain unsecured
long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial
statement date at the option of the holder are included as
unsecured
short-term
borrowings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition.
|
|
(2) |
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of
the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option
of the holder are reflected at the dates such options become
exercisable.
|
40
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm enters into derivative contracts, such as interest rate
futures contracts, interest rate swap agreements, currency swap
agreements, commodity contracts and
equity-linked
and indexed contracts, to effectively convert a substantial
portion of its unsecured
long-term
borrowings into U.S. dollar-based floating rate
obligations. Accordingly, excluding the cumulative impact of
changes in the firms credit spreads, the carrying value of
unsecured
long-term
borrowings approximated fair value as of August 2008 and
November 2007. For unsecured
long-term
borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value
option, the cumulative impact due to the widening of the
firms own credit spreads was a reduction in the fair value
of total unsecured
long-term
borrowings of approximately 6% and 1% as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
The effective weighted average interest rates for unsecured
long-term
borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
November 2007
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Fixed rate obligations
|
|
$
|
4,341
|
|
|
|
4.81
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,787
|
|
|
|
5.28
|
%
|
Floating rate
obligations (1)
|
|
|
172,026
|
|
|
|
3.52
|
|
|
|
160,387
|
|
|
|
5.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (2)
|
|
$
|
176,367
|
|
|
|
3.55
|
|
|
$
|
164,174
|
|
|
|
5.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes fixed rate obligations
that have been converted into floating rate obligations through
derivative contracts.
|
|
(2) |
|
The weighted average interest rates
as of August 2008 and November 2007 excluded financial
instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155 or SFAS No. 159.
|
Subordinated
Borrowings
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings include subordinated borrowings with outstanding
principal amounts of $19.89 billion and $16.32 billion
as of August 2008 and November 2007, respectively, as
set forth below.
Subordinated Debt. As of August 2008, the
firm had $14.80 billion of senior subordinated debt
outstanding with maturities ranging from 2009 to 2038. The
effective weighted average interest rate on this debt was 3.77%,
after giving effect to derivative contracts used to convert
fixed rate obligations into floating rate obligations. As of
November 2007, the firm had $11.23 billion of senior
subordinated debt outstanding with maturities ranging from
fiscal 2009 to 2037. The effective weighted average interest
rate on this debt was 5.75%, after giving effect to derivative
contracts used to convert fixed rate obligations into floating
rate obligations. This debt is junior in right of payment to all
of the firms senior indebtedness.
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to a Trust in Connection with
Trust Preferred Securities. The firm issued
$2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in 2004 to
Goldman Sachs Capital I (the Trust), a Delaware statutory trust
that, in turn, issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred
beneficial interests to third parties and $85 million of
common beneficial interests to the firm and invested the
proceeds from the sale in junior subordinated debentures issued
by the firm. The Trust is a wholly owned finance subsidiary of
the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not
consolidated for accounting purposes.
41
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm pays interest
semi-annually
on these debentures at an annual rate of 6.345% and the
debentures mature on February 15, 2034. The coupon
rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial
interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates
applicable to the debentures. The firm has the right, from time
to time, to defer payment of interest on the debentures, and,
therefore, cause payment on the Trusts preferred
beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten
consecutive
semi-annual
periods. During any such extension period, the firm will not be
permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make
certain repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not
permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial
interests held by the firm unless all dividends payable on the
preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full. These
debentures are junior in right of payment to all of the
firms senior indebtedness and all of the firms
subordinated borrowings, other than the junior subordinated debt
issued in connection with the Normal Automatic Preferred
Enhanced Capital Securities (see discussion below).
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to Trusts in Connection with
Fixed-to-Floating
and Floating Rate Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital
Securities. In 2007, the firm issued a total of
$2.25 billion of remarketable junior subordinated debt to
Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (the APEX
Trusts), Delaware statutory trusts that, in turn, issued
$2.25 billion of guaranteed perpetual Automatic Preferred
Enhanced Capital Securities (APEX) to third parties and a de
minimis amount of common securities to the firm. The firm also
entered into contracts with the APEX Trusts to sell
$2.25 billion of perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock to be issued by the firm (the stock purchase
contracts). The APEX Trusts are wholly owned finance
subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but
are not consolidated for accounting purposes.
The firm pays interest
semi-annually
on $1.75 billion of junior subordinated debt issued to
Goldman Sachs Capital II at a fixed annual rate of 5.59% and the
debt matures on June 1, 2043. The firm pays interest
quarterly on $500 million of junior subordinated debt
issued to Goldman Sachs Capital III at a rate per annum equal to
three-month LIBOR plus 0.57% and the debt matures on
September 1, 2043. In addition, the firm makes
contract payments at a rate of 0.20% per annum on the stock
purchase contracts held by the APEX Trusts. The firm has the
right to defer payments on the junior subordinated debt and the
stock purchase contracts, subject to limitations, and therefore
cause payment on the APEX to be deferred. During any such
extension period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other
things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its
common or preferred stock. The junior subordinated debt is
junior in right of payment to all of the firms senior
indebtedness and all of the firms other subordinated
borrowings.
In connection with the APEX issuance, the firm covenanted in
favor of certain of its debtholders, who are initially the
holders of the firms 6.345% Junior Subordinated Debentures
due February 15, 2034, that, subject to certain
exceptions, the firm would not redeem or purchase (i) the
firms junior subordinated debt issued to the APEX Trusts
prior to the applicable stock purchase date or (ii) APEX or
shares of the firms Series E or Series F
Preferred Stock prior to the date that is ten years after the
applicable stock purchase date, unless the applicable redemption
or purchase price does not exceed a maximum amount determined by
reference to the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds that the
firm has received from the sale of qualifying equity securities
during the
180-day
period preceding the redemption or purchase.
The firm has accounted for the stock purchase contracts as
equity instruments under EITF Issue
No. 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed
to, and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own
Stock, and, accordingly, recorded the cost of the stock
purchase contracts as a reduction to additional
paid-in
capital. See Note 7 for information on the preferred stock
that the firm will issue in connection with the stock purchase
contracts.
42
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 6.
|
Commitments,
Contingencies and Guarantees
|
Commitments
Forward Starting Collateralized Agreements and
Financings. The firm had forward starting resale
agreements and securities borrowing agreements of
$41.04 billion and $28.14 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively. The firm
had forward starting repurchase agreements and securities
lending agreements of $13.84 billion and
$15.39 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
Commitments to Extend Credit. In connection
with its lending activities, the firm had outstanding
commitments to extend credit of $54.80 billion and
$82.75 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. The firms commitments to
extend credit are agreements to lend to counterparties that have
fixed termination dates and are contingent on the satisfaction
of all conditions to borrowing set forth in the contract. Since
these commitments may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled
at the counterpartys request, the total commitment amount
does not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow
requirements. The firm accounts for these commitments at fair
value. To the extent that the firm recognizes losses on these
commitments, such losses are recorded within the firms
Trading and Principal Investments segment net of any related
underwriting fees.
The following table summarizes the firms commitments to
extend credit, net of amounts syndicated to third parties, as of
August 2008 and November 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Commercial lending commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment-grade
|
|
$
|
14,051
|
|
|
$
|
11,719
|
|
Non-investment-grade
|
|
|
13,523
|
|
|
|
41,930
|
|
William Street program
|
|
|
24,456
|
|
|
|
24,488
|
|
Warehouse financing
|
|
|
2,773
|
|
|
|
4,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments to extend credit
|
|
$
|
54,803
|
|
|
$
|
82,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial lending commitments. The
firms commercial lending commitments are generally
extended in connection with contingent acquisition financing and
other types of corporate lending as well as commercial real
estate financing. The total commitment amount does not
necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow requirements, as
the firm may syndicate all or substantial portions of these
commitments in the future, the commitments may expire unused, or
the commitments may be cancelled or reduced at the request of
the counterparty. In addition, commitments that are extended for
contingent acquisition financing are often intended to be
short-term
in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other
funding sources.
|
Included within non-investment-grade commitments as of
August 2008 was $2.91 billion of exposure to leveraged
lending capital market transactions, $293 million related
to commercial real estate transactions and $10.32 billion
arising from other unfunded credit facilities. Included within
the non-investment-grade amount as of November 2007 was
$26.09 billion of exposure to leveraged lending capital
market transactions, $3.50 billion related to commercial
real estate transactions and $12.34 billion arising from
other unfunded credit facilities. Including funded loans, the
firms total exposure to leveraged lending capital market
transactions was $9.54 billion and $43.06 billion as
of August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
43
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
William Street program. Substantially all of
the commitments provided under the William Street credit
extension program are to investment-grade corporate borrowers.
Commitments under the program are extended by William Street
Commitment Corporation (Commitment Corp.), a consolidated wholly
owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets and liabilities are
legally separated from other assets and liabilities of the firm,
William Street Credit Corporation, GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs
Credit Partners L.P. or other consolidated wholly owned
subsidiaries of Group Inc. The commitments extended by
Commitment Corp. are supported, in part, by funding raised by
William Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.), another
consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets
and liabilities are also legally separated from other assets and
liabilities of the firm. The assets of Commitment Corp. and of
Funding Corp. will not be available to their respective
shareholders until the claims of their respective creditors have
been paid. In addition, no affiliate of either Commitment Corp.
or Funding Corp., except in limited cases as expressly agreed in
writing, is responsible for any obligation of either entity.
With respect to most of the William Street commitments, Sumitomo
Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with
credit loss protection that is generally limited to 95% of the
first loss the firm realizes on approved loan commitments, up to
a maximum of $1.00 billion. In addition, subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firms
request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of the second loss
on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion. The
firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit
risks related to certain William Street commitments not covered
by SMFG.
|
|
|
|
Warehouse financing. The firm provides
financing for the warehousing of financial assets. These
arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily
consisting of corporate bank loans and commercial mortgages as
of August 2008 and November 2007. In connection with
its warehouse financing activities, the firm had loans of
$8 million and $44 million collateralized by subprime
mortgages as of August 2008 and November 2007,
respectively.
|
Letters of Credit. The firm provides letters
of credit issued by various banks to counterparties in lieu of
securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin
deposit requirements. Letters of credit outstanding were
$9.68 billion and $8.75 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively.
Investment Commitments. In connection with its
merchant banking and other investing activities, the firm
invests in private equity, real estate and other assets directly
and through funds that it raises and manages. In connection with
these activities, the firm had commitments to invest up to
$13.99 billion and $17.76 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively, including
$11.08 billion and $12.32 billion, respectively, of
commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm.
Construction-Related Commitments. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, the firm had
construction-related commitments of $480 million and
$769 million, respectively, including commitments of
$337 million and $642 million as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively, related to the firms
new world headquarters in New York City, which is expected to
cost between $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion. The firm
has partially financed this construction project with
$1.65 billion of
tax-exempt
Liberty Bonds.
Underwriting Commitments. As of
August 2008, the firm had no commitments to purchase
securities in connection with its underwriting activities. As of
November 2007, the firm had commitments to purchase
$88 million of securities in connection with its
underwriting activities.
44
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Other. The firm had other purchase commitments
of $1.95 billion (including $768 million related to
the firms offer to repurchase auction rate securities and
a $760 million commitment to purchase mortgage loan and
servicing assets) as of August 2008 and $1.76 billion
(including a $1.34 billion commitment for the acquisition
of Litton Loan Servicing LP) as of November 2007.
Leases. The firm has contractual obligations
under
long-term
noncancelable lease agreements, principally for office space,
expiring on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are
subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real
estate taxes and other charges. Future minimum rental payments,
net of minimum sublease rentals are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder of 2008
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
2009
|
|
|
471
|
|
2010
|
|
|
439
|
|
2011
|
|
|
330
|
|
2012
|
|
|
266
|
|
2013-thereafter
|
|
|
2,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingencies
The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and
arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection
with the conduct of its businesses. Management believes, based
on currently available information, that the results of such
proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse
effect on the firms financial condition, but may be
material to the firms operating results for any particular
period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such
period. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome
of the firms litigation and regulatory matters,
particularly in cases or proceedings in which substantial or
indeterminate damages or fines are sought, the firm cannot
estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings
where there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be
incurred.
In connection with its insurance business, the firm is
contingently liable to provide guaranteed minimum death and
income benefits to certain contract holders and has established
a reserve related to $8.31 billion and $10.84 billion
of contract holder account balances as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, for such benefits. The
weighted average attained age of these contract holders was
68 years and 67 years as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. The net amount at risk,
representing guaranteed minimum death and income benefits in
excess of contract holder account balances, was
$1.58 billion and $1.04 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively. See Note 10 for more
information on the firms insurance liabilities.
45
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Guarantees
The firm enters into various derivative contracts that meet the
definition of a guarantee under FIN 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements
for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others. Such derivative contracts include credit default
and total return swaps, written equity and commodity put
options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps,
floors and swaptions. FIN 45 does not require disclosures
about derivative contracts if such contracts may be cash settled
and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the
counterparties held, at inception, the underlying instruments
related to the derivative contracts. The firm has concluded that
these conditions have been met for certain large,
internationally active commercial and investment bank end users
and certain other users. Accordingly, the firm has not included
such contracts in the tables below.
The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most
of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in
the event that borrowers do not return securities and the
collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the
securities borrowed.
In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other
financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties
(e.g., performance bonds, standby letters of credit and
other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and
merchant banking fund-related guarantees). These guarantees
represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the
guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a
contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.
46
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables set forth certain information about the
firms derivative contracts that meet the definition of a
guarantee and certain other guarantees as of August 2008
and November 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
|
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of
Expiration (1)
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
2009-
|
|
2011-
|
|
2013-
|
|
|
|
|
of 2008
|
|
2010
|
|
2012
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Derivatives (2)
|
|
$
|
177,757
|
|
|
$
|
468,630
|
|
|
$
|
415,677
|
|
|
$
|
537,606
|
|
|
$
|
1,599,670
|
|
Securities lending
indemnifications (3)
|
|
|
30,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,132
|
|
Performance
bonds (4)
|
|
|
2,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,047
|
|
Other financial
guarantees (5)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of
Expiration (1)
|
|
|
|
|
2009-
|
|
2011-
|
|
2013-
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2010
|
|
2012
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Derivatives (2)
|
|
$
|
580,769
|
|
|
$
|
492,563
|
|
|
$
|
457,511
|
|
|
$
|
514,498
|
|
|
$
|
2,045,341
|
|
Securities lending
indemnifications (3)
|
|
|
26,673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,673
|
|
Performance
bonds (4)
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
Other financial
guarantees (5)
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Such amounts do not represent the
anticipated losses in connection with these contracts.
|
|
(2) |
|
The aggregate carrying value of
these derivatives was a liability of $49.10 billion and
$33.10 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. The carrying value excludes
the effect of a legal right of setoff that may exist under an
enforceable netting agreement. These derivative contracts are
risk managed together with derivative contracts that are not
considered guarantees under FIN 45, and therefore, these
amounts do not reflect the firms overall risk related to
its derivative activities.
|
|
(3) |
|
Collateral held by the lenders in
connection with securities lending indemnifications was
$31.05 billion and $27.49 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(4) |
|
Excludes collateral of
$2.05 billion related to these obligations as of both
August 2008 and November 2007.
|
|
(5) |
|
The carrying value of these
guarantees was a liability of $68 million and
$43 million as of August 2008 and November 2007,
respectively.
|
The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital
I, II and III, and other entities for the limited purpose of
issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the
firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm
and third parties related to this purpose. See Note 5 for
information regarding the transactions involving Goldman Sachs
Capital I, II and III. The firm effectively provides for the
full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by
these entities, which are not consolidated for accounting
purposes. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these
entities under the borrowing, preferred stock and related
contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments
due on the securities issued by these entities. Management
believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur,
such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other
service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to
make payments related to these entities other than those
required under the terms of the borrowing, preferred stock and
related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain
expenses incurred by these entities.
47
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and
guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and
custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified
potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of,
or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates. The firm
also indemnifies some clients against potential losses incurred
in the event specified
third-party
service providers, including
sub-custodians
and
third-party
brokers, improperly execute transactions. In addition, the firm
is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks as well
as securities exchanges around the world that may require the
firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in
the event of member defaults. In connection with its prime
brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and
settle on behalf of its clients the transactions entered into by
them with other brokerage firms. The firms obligations in
respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the
clients account as well as any proceeds received from the
transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the
client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm
may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the
event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and
certain other matters involving the borrower. The firm is unable
to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these
guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes
that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material
payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities related to
these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in
the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as
of August 2008 and November 2007.
The firm provides representations and warranties to
counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial
transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential
losses caused by the breach of those representations and
warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications
protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain
U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course
transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or
derivatives. In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications
to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional
taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change
in or an adverse application of certain
non-U.S. tax
laws. These indemnifications generally are standard contractual
terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in
these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the
obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is
unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these
guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes
that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material
payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities related to
these arrangements have been recognized in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition as of
August 2008 and November 2007.
|
|
Note 7.
|
Shareholders
Equity
|
On September 15, 2008, the Board of Directors of Group
Inc. (the Board) declared a dividend of $0.35 per common share
with respect to the firms third quarter of 2008 to be paid
on November 24, 2008 to common shareholders of record
on October 27, 2008.
During the three and nine months ended August 2008, the
firm repurchased 1.5 million and 10.5 million shares
of its common stock for a total cost of $271 million and
$2.03 billion, respectively. The average cost per share for
repurchased shares was $180.07 and $193.41 for the three and
nine months ended August 2008, respectively. In addition,
to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding
requirements related to the delivery of common stock underlying
restricted stock units, the firm cancelled 6.7 million of
restricted stock units with a total value of $1.31 billion
in the first nine months of 2008.
48
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firms share repurchase program is intended to help
maintain the appropriate level of common equity and to
substantially offset increases in share count over time
resulting from employee
share-based
compensation. The repurchase program is effected primarily
through regular
open-market
purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined
primarily by the firms current and projected capital
positions (i.e., comparisons of the firms desired
level of capital to its actual level of capital) but which may
also be influenced by general market conditions and the
prevailing price and trading volumes of the firms common
stock.
As of August 2008, the firm had 124,000 shares of
perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock issued and outstanding in four series as set
forth in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Earliest
|
|
Redemption Value
|
Series
|
|
Issued
|
|
Authorized
|
|
Dividend Rate
|
|
Redemption Date
|
|
(in millions)
|
A
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 3.75% per annum
|
|
April 25, 2010
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
32,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
6.20% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.67%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
|
|
May 24, 2011
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,000
|
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each share of preferred stock issued and outstanding has a par
value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is
represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the
firms option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus
declared and unpaid dividends. Dividends on each series of
preferred stock, if declared, are payable quarterly in arrears.
The firms ability to declare or pay dividends on, or
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is
subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails
to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for
the latest completed dividend period. All series of preferred
stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firms
common stock upon liquidation.
In 2007, the Board authorized 17,500.1 shares of perpetual
Non-Cumulative
Preferred Stock, Series E and 5,000.1 shares of
perpetual
Non-Cumulative
Preferred Stock, Series F in connection with the APEX
issuance. See Note 5 for further information on the APEX
issuance. Under the stock purchase contracts, the firm will
issue on the relevant stock purchase dates (on or before
June 1, 2013 and September 1, 2013 for
Series E and Series F preferred stock, respectively)
one share of Series E and Series F preferred stock to
Goldman Sachs Capital II and III, respectively, for each
$100,000 principal amount of subordinated debt held by these
trusts. When issued, each share of Series E and
Series F preferred stock will have a par value of $0.01 and
a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share. Dividends on
Series E preferred stock, if declared, will be payable
semi-annually
at a fixed annual rate of 5.79% if the stock is issued prior to
June 1, 2012 and quarterly thereafter, at a rate per
annum equal to the greater of (i) three-month LIBOR plus
0.77% and (ii) 4.00%. Dividends on Series F preferred
stock, if declared, will be payable quarterly at a rate per
annum equal to
three-month
LIBOR plus 0.77% if the stock is issued prior to
September 1, 2012 and quarterly thereafter, at a rate
per annum equal to the greater of (i) three-month LIBOR
plus 0.77% and (ii) 4.00%. The preferred stock may be
redeemed at the option of the firm on the stock purchase dates
or any day thereafter, subject to regulatory approval and
certain covenant restrictions governing the firms ability
to redeem or purchase the preferred stock without issuing common
stock or other instruments with
equity-like
characteristics.
49
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
On September 15, 2008, the Board declared a dividend
per preferred share of $236.98, $387.50, $252.78 and $252.78 for
Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D
preferred stock, respectively, to be paid on
November 10, 2008 to preferred shareholders of record
on October 26, 2008.
Subsequent to August 2008, the firm issued preferred and
common stock and warrants to purchase common stock. See
Note 16 for further information.
The following table sets forth the firms accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss) by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Adjustment from adoption of SFAS No. 158, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(194
|
)
|
|
$
|
(194
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of
tax (1)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
|
|
$
|
(165
|
)
|
|
$
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of net unrealized losses
of $23 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by the firms insurance subsidiaries and
net unrealized gains of $12 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by investees accounted for under the equity
method as of August 2008. Consists of net unrealized gains
of $9 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by investees accounted for under the equity
method and net unrealized losses of $1 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by the firms insurance subsidiaries as of
November 2007.
|
|
|
Note 8.
|
Earnings Per
Common Share
|
The computations of basic and diluted earnings per common share
are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions, except per share amounts)
|
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS net earnings
applicable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
810
|
|
|
$
|
2,806
|
|
|
$
|
4,328
|
|
|
$
|
8,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic EPS weighted average number of
common shares
|
|
|
427.6
|
|
|
|
429.0
|
|
|
|
429.3
|
|
|
|
436.2
|
|
Effect of dilutive
securities (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted EPS weighted average number
of common shares and dilutive potential common shares
|
|
|
448.3
|
|
|
|
457.4
|
|
|
|
449.7
|
|
|
|
464.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
$
|
1.89
|
|
|
$
|
6.54
|
|
|
$
|
10.08
|
|
|
$
|
18.89
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
1.81
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
|
|
9.62
|
|
|
|
17.75
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The diluted EPS computations do not
include the antidilutive effect of the following restricted
stock units and stock options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
Number of antidilutive restricted stock units and stock options,
end of period
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 9.
|
Goodwill and
Identifiable Intangible Assets
|
Goodwill
The following table sets forth the carrying value of the
firms goodwill by operating segment, which is included in
Other assets in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Investment Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FICC
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Equities (1)
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
Principal Investments
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Management (2)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,553
|
|
|
$
|
3,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily related to SLK LLC (SLK).
|
|
(2) |
|
Primarily related to The Ayco
Company, L.P. (Ayco).
|
51
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Identifiable
Intangible Assets
The following table sets forth the gross carrying amount,
accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of the
firms identifiable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Customer
lists (1)
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
1,129
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(416
|
)
|
|
|
(354
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
713
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York Stock
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
714
|
|
|
$
|
714
|
|
Exchange (NYSE)
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
specialist rights
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
472
|
|
|
$
|
502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance-related
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
444
|
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
assets (2)
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
321
|
|
|
$
|
372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange-traded
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
fund (ETF) lead
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
market maker rights
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (3)
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
$
|
360
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
2,572
|
|
|
$
|
2,759
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(892
|
)
|
|
|
(988
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
1,680
|
|
|
$
|
1,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily includes the firms
clearance and execution and NASDAQ customer lists related to SLK
and financial counseling customer lists related to Ayco.
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of VOBA and DAC. VOBA
represents the present value of estimated future gross profits
of the variable annuity and life insurance business. DAC results
from commissions paid by the firm to the primary insurer (ceding
company) on life and annuity reinsurance agreements as
compensation to place the business with the firm and to cover
the ceding companys acquisition expenses. VOBA and DAC are
amortized over the estimated life of the underlying contracts
based on estimated gross profits, and amortization is adjusted
based on actual experience. The weighted average remaining
amortization period for VOBA and DAC is seven years as of
August 2008.
|
|
(3) |
|
Primarily includes
marketing-related assets and power contracts.
|
52
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Substantially all of the firms identifiable intangible
assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized
over their estimated lives. The weighted average remaining life
of the firms identifiable intangibles is approximately
11 years.
The estimated future amortization for existing identifiable
intangible assets through 2013 is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Remainder of 2008
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
2009
|
|
|
176
|
|
2010
|
|
|
157
|
|
2011
|
|
|
150
|
|
2012
|
|
|
140
|
|
2013
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
Note 10.
|
Other Assets and
Other Liabilities
|
Other
Assets
Other assets are generally less liquid, nonfinancial assets. The
following table sets forth the firms other assets by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Property, leasehold improvements and
equipment (1)
|
|
$
|
10,717
|
|
|
$
|
8,975
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets (2)
|
|
|
5,233
|
|
|
|
5,092
|
|
Income tax-related assets
|
|
|
5,184
|
|
|
|
4,177
|
|
Equity-method
investments (3)
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
2,014
|
|
Miscellaneous receivables and other
|
|
|
4,847
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
27,747
|
|
|
$
|
24,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization of $6.47 billion and $5.88 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(2) |
|
See Note 9 for further
information regarding the firms goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets.
|
|
(3) |
|
Excludes investments of
$3.71 billion and $2.25 billion accounted for at fair
value under SFAS No. 159 as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, which are included in
Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
|
53
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Other
Liabilities
The following table sets forth the firms other liabilities
and accrued expenses by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Insurance-related
liabilities (1)
|
|
$
|
10,603
|
|
|
$
|
10,344
|
|
Minority
interest (2)
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
7,265
|
|
Compensation and benefits
|
|
|
7,551
|
|
|
|
11,816
|
|
Income tax-related liabilities
|
|
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
2,546
|
|
Accrued expenses and other payables
|
|
|
4,619
|
|
|
|
4,749
|
|
Employee interests in consolidated funds
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
29,025
|
|
|
$
|
38,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Insurance-related liabilities are
set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Separate account liabilities
|
|
$
|
5,430
|
|
|
$
|
7,039
|
|
Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims
|
|
|
4,071
|
|
|
|
2,142
|
|
Contract holder account balances
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
Reserves for guaranteed minimum death and income benefits
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total insurance-related liabilities
|
|
$
|
10,603
|
|
|
$
|
10,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Separate account liabilities are supported by separate account
assets, representing segregated contract holder funds under
variable annuity and life insurance contracts. Separate account
assets are included in Cash and securities segregated for
regulatory and other purposes in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition.
Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims include
liabilities arising from reinsurance provided by the firm to
other insurers. The firm had a receivable for $1.29 billion
and $1.30 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, related to such reinsurance
contracts, which is reported in Receivables from customers
and counterparties in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. In addition, the firm has
ceded risks to reinsurers related to certain of its liabilities
for future benefits and unpaid claims and had a receivable of
$1.34 billion and $785 million as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively, related to such
reinsurance contracts, which is reported in Receivables
from customers and counterparties in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition. Contracts to
cede risks to reinsurers do not relieve the firm from its
obligations to contract holders. Liabilities for future benefits
and unpaid claims include $1.34 billion carried at fair
value under SFAS No. 159.
Reserves for guaranteed minimum death and income benefits
represent a liability for the expected value of guaranteed
benefits in excess of projected annuity account balances. These
reserves are computed in accordance with AICPA
SOP 03-1
and are based on total payments expected to be made less total
fees expected to be assessed over the life of the contract.
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes $2.31 billion and
$5.95 billion related to consolidated investment funds as
of August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
54
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 11.
|
Employee Benefit
Plans
|
The firm sponsors various pension plans and certain other
postretirement benefit plans, primarily healthcare and life
insurance. The firm also provides certain benefits to former or
inactive employees prior to retirement.
Defined
Benefit Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans
Employees of certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries
participate in various defined benefit pension plans. These
plans generally provide benefits based on years of credited
service and a percentage of the employees eligible
compensation. The firm maintains a defined benefit pension plan
for substantially all U.K. employees. As of April 2008,
this plan has been closed to new participants, but will continue
to accrue benefits for existing participants.
The firm also maintains a defined benefit pension plan for
substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to
November 1, 2003. As of November 2004, this plan
was closed to new participants and frozen such that existing
participants would not accrue any additional benefits. In
addition, the firm maintains unfunded postretirement benefit
plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible
retirees and their dependents covered under these programs.
The components of pension expense/(income) and postretirement
expense are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
64
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The firm expects to contribute a minimum of $133 million to
its pension plans and $7 million to its postretirement
plans in 2008.
55
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 12.
|
Transactions with
Affiliated Funds
|
The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds
with
third-party
investors. The firm generally acts as the investment manager for
these funds and, as such, is entitled to receive management fees
and, in certain cases, advisory fees, incentive fees or
overrides from these funds. These fees amounted to
$2.55 billion and $2.76 billion for the nine months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, the fees receivable
from these funds were $769 million and $596 million,
respectively. Additionally, the firm may invest alongside the
third-party
investors in certain funds. The aggregate carrying value of the
firms interests in these funds was $16.66 billion and
$12.90 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively. In the ordinary course of
business, the firm may also engage in other activities with
these funds, including, among others, securities lending, trade
execution, trading, custody, and acquisition and bridge
financing. See Note 6 for the firms commitments
related to these funds.
FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by
prescribing the minimum recognition threshold required before a
tax position can be recognized in the financial statements.
FIN 48 also provides guidance on measurement,
derecognition, classification, interim period accounting and
accounting for interest and penalties. The firm adopted the
provisions of FIN 48 as of December 1, 2007 and
recorded a transition adjustment resulting in a reduction of
$201 million to beginning retained earnings.
FIN 48 requires disclosure of the following amounts as of
the date of adoption, and on an annual basis thereafter. As of
December 1, 2007 (date of adoption), the firms
liability for unrecognized tax benefits reported in Other
liabilities and accrued expenses in the condensed
consolidated statement of financial condition was
$1.04 billion. The firm reported a related deferred tax
asset of $497 million in Other assets in the
condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. If
recognized, the net liability of $545 million would reduce
the firms effective income tax rate. As of
December 1, 2007, the firms accrued liability
for interest expense related to income tax matters and income
tax penalties was $79 million. The firm reports interest
expense related to income tax matters in Provision for
taxes in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings
and income tax penalties in Other expenses in the
condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
During the nine months ended August 29, 2008, the net
liability of $545 million as of December 1, 2007
increased by approximately $164 million. The firm does not
expect unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly during
the twelve months subsequent to August 29, 2008.
The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in
jurisdictions where the firm has significant business
operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong, Korea
and various states, such as New York. The tax years under
examination vary by jurisdiction. During fiscal 2007, the IRS
substantially concluded its examination of fiscal years 2003 and
2004. Tax audits that have been substantially concluded in other
jurisdictions in which the firm has significant business
operations include New York States examination of fiscal
years through 2003, the United Kingdoms review of fiscal
years through 2004 and Hong Kongs review of fiscal years
through 2001. The firm does not expect that potential additional
assessments from these examinations will be material to its
results of operations.
56
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Below is a table of the earliest tax years that remain subject
to examination by major jurisdiction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earliest
|
|
|
Tax Year
|
|
|
Subject to
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Examination
|
U.S. Federal
|
|
|
2005
|
(1)
|
New York State and City
|
|
|
2004
|
(2)
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Korea
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
IRS examination of fiscal 2005,
2006 and 2007 began during 2008.
|
|
(2) |
|
New York State and City examination
of fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 began in 2008.
|
All years subsequent to the above years remain open to
examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that
the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established
is adequate in relation to the potential for additional
assessments. The resolution of tax matters is not expected to
have a material effect on the firms financial condition
but may be material to the firms operating results for a
particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating
results for that period.
As of August 2008, the firm was regulated by the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a
Consolidated Supervised Entity (CSE) and, as such, was subject
to
group-wide
supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital
adequacy standards on a consolidated basis as set out in the
Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital
Measurement and Capital Standards issued by the Basel Committee
on Banking Supervision. The firm was in compliance with the CSE
capital adequacy standards as of August 2008 and
November 2007. On September 21, 2008, Group Inc.
became a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve
Board under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. On
September 26, 2008, the SEC announced that it was ending
the CSE program. As a bank holding company, the firm is now
subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations and policies which,
among other things, may, under certain circumstances, limit the
amount of dividends Group Inc. can pay to its shareholders. In
addition, the firm will now be subject to Federal Reserve Board
scrutiny of its leverage ratio. See Note 16 for further
information.
The firms U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries
include Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.) and Goldman
Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC). GS&Co.
and GSEC are registered U.S. broker-dealers and futures
commission merchants subject to
Rule 15c3-1
of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission, which specify uniform minimum net capital
requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also
require that a significant part of the registrants assets
be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have
elected to compute their minimum capital requirements in
accordance with the Alternative Net Capital
Requirement as permitted by
Rule 15c3-1.
As of August 2008, GS&Co. had regulatory net capital,
as defined by
Rule 15c3-1,
of $11.37 billion, which exceeded the amounts required by
$8.53 billion. As of August 2008, GSEC had regulatory
net capital, as defined by
Rule 15c3-1,
of $1.27 billion, which exceeded the amounts required by
$1.19 billion. In addition to its alternative minimum net
capital requirements, GS&Co. is
57
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of
$1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million
in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of
Appendix E of
Rule 15c3-1.
GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that
its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, GS&Co. had
tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the
minimum and the notification requirements.
As of August 2008, GS Bank USA, a wholly owned industrial
bank, was regulated by the State of Utah Department of Financial
Institutions and was a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC). On September 26, 2008, GS Bank USA
became a member of the Federal Reserve System and is now
regulated by the Federal Reserve Board and by the State of Utah
Department of Financial Institutions, and continues to be a
member of the FDIC. The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by
the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Goldman Sachs Bank
Europe PLC (GS Bank Europe), a wholly owned credit institution,
is regulated by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory
Authority. Both entities are subject to minimum capital
requirements and as of August 2008, both were in compliance
with all regulatory capital requirements. As of August 2008
and November 2007, substantially all bank deposits were
held at GS Bank USA and GS Bank Europe. Deposits at GS Bank USA
were $22.17 billion and $15.26 billion as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively, all of
which were U.S. dollar-denominated and the weighted average
interest rates for these deposits were 2.39% and 4.71% as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively. As of
August 2008, deposits at GS Bank Europe were
$6.80 billion, substantially all of which were either
U.S. dollar or Euro-denominated and the weighted average
interest rate for these deposits was 3.04%. Substantially all of
these deposits have no stated maturity and can be withdrawn upon
short notice. The carrying value of bank deposits approximated
fair value as of August 2008 and November 2007.
The firm has U.S. insurance subsidiaries that are subject
to state insurance regulation and oversight in the states in
which they are domiciled and in the other states in which they
are licensed. In addition, certain of the firms insurance
subsidiaries outside of the U.S. are regulated by the
Bermuda Registrar of Companies and the U.K.s Financial
Services Authority (FSA). The firms insurance subsidiaries
were in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as
of August 2008 and November 2007.
The firms principal
non-U.S. regulated
subsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and
Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL). GSI, the firms
regulated U.K.
broker-dealer,
is subject to the capital requirements of the FSA. GSJCL, the
firms regulated Japanese
broker-dealer,
is subject to the capital requirements of Japans Financial
Services Agency. As of August 2008 and November 2007,
GSI and GSJCL were in compliance with their local capital
adequacy requirements. Certain other
non-U.S.
subsidiaries of the firm are also subject to capital adequacy
requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in
which they operate. As of August 2008 and
November 2007, these subsidiaries were in compliance with
their local capital adequacy requirements.
|
|
Note 15.
|
Business
Segments
|
In reporting to management, the firms operating results
are categorized into the following three business segments:
Investment Banking, Trading and Principal Investments, and Asset
Management and Securities Services.
Basis of
Presentation
In reporting segments, certain of the firms business lines
have been aggregated where they have similar economic
characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas:
(i) the nature of
58
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
the services they provide, (ii) their methods of
distribution, (iii) the types of clients they serve and
(iv) the regulatory environments in which they operate.
The cost drivers of the firm taken as a whole
compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity are broadly similar in each of the
firms business segments. Compensation and benefits
expenses within the firms segments reflect, among other
factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as the
performance of individual business units. Consequently,
pre-tax
margins in one segment of the firms business may be
significantly affected by the performance of the firms
other business segments. The timing and magnitude of changes in
the firms bonus accruals can have a significant effect on
segment results in a given period.
The firm allocates revenues and expenses among the three
business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these
segments, estimates and judgments have been made in allocating
certain revenue and expense items. Transactions between segments
are based on specific criteria or approximate
third-party
rates. Total operating expenses include corporate items that
have not been allocated to individual business segments. The
allocation process is based on the manner in which management
views the business of the firm.
The segment information presented in the table below is prepared
according to the following methodologies:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are
included in determining
pre-tax
earnings.
|
|
|
|
Net revenues in the firms segments include allocations of
interest income and interest expense to specific securities,
commodities and other positions in relation to the cash
generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying
positions. Net interest is included within segment net revenues
as it is consistent with the way in which management assesses
segment performance.
|
|
|
|
Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments
are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.
|
59
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Segment
Operating Results
Management believes that the following information provides a
reasonable representation of each segments contribution to
consolidated
pre-tax
earnings and total assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of or for the
|
|
As of or for the
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Investment
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,294
|
|
|
$
|
2,145
|
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
5,582
|
|
Banking
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
1,291
|
|
|
|
2,867
|
|
|
|
3,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
$
|
854
|
|
|
$
|
1,284
|
|
|
$
|
1,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
3,663
|
|
|
$
|
5,051
|
|
|
$
|
3,663
|
|
|
$
|
5,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,704
|
|
|
$
|
8,229
|
|
|
$
|
13,419
|
|
|
$
|
24,295
|
|
Principal
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
3,465
|
|
|
|
5,344
|
|
|
|
11,169
|
|
|
|
14,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(761
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,885
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
$
|
9,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
724,717
|
|
|
$
|
712,236
|
|
|
$
|
724,717
|
|
|
$
|
712,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,960
|
|
|
$
|
6,230
|
|
|
$
|
5,369
|
|
and Securities
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
|
|
3,803
|
|
|
|
3,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
1,212
|
|
|
$
|
555
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
$
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
353,393
|
|
|
$
|
328,491
|
|
|
$
|
353,393
|
|
|
$
|
328,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net
revenues (1)
|
|
$
|
6,043
|
|
|
$
|
12,334
|
|
|
$
|
23,800
|
|
|
$
|
35,246
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses (2)
|
|
|
5,083
|
|
|
|
8,075
|
|
|
|
17,865
|
|
|
|
22,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings (3)
|
|
$
|
960
|
|
|
$
|
4,259
|
|
|
$
|
5,935
|
|
|
$
|
12,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,045,778
|
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,045,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues include net interest
as set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
1,404
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
1,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net interest
|
|
$
|
1,135
|
|
|
$
|
1,341
|
|
|
$
|
3,363
|
|
|
$
|
3,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Operating expenses include net
provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings
of $13 million and $35 million for the three months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, and
$26 million and $37 million for the nine months ended
August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, that have
not been allocated to the firms segments.
|
|
(3) |
|
Pre-tax
earnings include total depreciation and amortization as set
forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
392
|
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
|
$
|
1,046
|
|
|
$
|
836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Geographic
Information
Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial
markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the
profitability of the enterprise as a whole. Since a significant
portion of the firms activities require cross-border
coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firms
clients, the methodology for allocating the firms
profitability to geographic regions is dependent on the judgment
of management.
Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking: location of the client and investment
banking team.
|
|
|
|
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities, and Equities: location
of the trading desk.
|
|
|
|
Principal Investments: location of the investment.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management: location of the sales team.
|
|
|
|
Securities Services: location of the primary market for the
underlying security.
|
The following table sets forth the total net revenues of the
firm and its consolidated subsidiaries by geographic region
allocated on the methodology described above, as well as the
percentage of total net revenues for each geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Americas (1)
|
|
$
|
4,315
|
|
|
|
71
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,759
|
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,838
|
|
|
|
58
|
%
|
|
$
|
16,918
|
|
|
|
48
|
%
|
EMEA (2)
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
3,449
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
6,953
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
11,081
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
3,009
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
7,247
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
$
|
6,043
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
12,334
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
23,800
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
35,246
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all relates to the
U.S.
|
|
(2) |
|
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and
Africa).
|
61
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 16.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Bank Holding
Company
On September 21, 2008, Group Inc. became a bank
holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, and the Federal Reserve Board became its primary federal
regulator. On September 26, 2008, GS Bank USA became a
member of the Federal Reserve System and is now regulated by the
Federal Reserve Board and by the State of Utah Department of
Financial Institutions, and continues to be a member of the
FDIC. The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC
to the extent provided by law. The firm has become subject to
the Federal Reserves minimum capital standards on a
consolidated basis and is no longer supervised by the SEC as a
CSE. As of August 2008, the firms ratio of
Tier 1 Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets was 11.6%.
Equity
Issuances
On October 1, 2008, in a private offering, Group Inc.
issued to Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and certain affiliates, in
exchange for $5.00 billion, 50,000 shares of 10%
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G and warrants
to purchase 43,478,260 shares of voting common stock. Each
share of preferred stock has a par value of $0.01, a liquidation
preference of $100,000 and a dividend rate of 10% per annum, and
is redeemable, at Group Inc.s option, at any time, subject
to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, at 110% of the
liquidation preference. The warrants, which are exercisable at
any time until October 1, 2013, have an exercise price
of $115 per share, subject to adjustment for certain dilutive
events. On October 3, 2008, the Board declared a
dividend per preferred share of $1,083.33 for the Series G
preferred stock to be paid on November 10, 2008 to
preferred shareholders of record on October 26, 2008.
On September 29, 2008, Group Inc. completed a public
offering of 46.75 million common shares at $123 per
share for total proceeds of $5.75 billion.
62
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:
We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated
statement of financial condition of The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of
August 29, 2008, the related condensed consolidated
statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended
August 29, 2008 and August 31, 2007, the
condensed consolidated statement of changes in
shareholders equity for the nine months ended
August 29, 2008, the condensed consolidated statements
of cash flows for the nine months ended
August 29, 2008 and August 31, 2007, and the
condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for
the three and nine months ended August 29, 2008 and
August 31, 2007. These condensed consolidated interim
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management.
We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A
review of interim financial information consists principally of
applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons
responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is
substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the
expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements
taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our review, we are not aware of any material
modifications that should be made to the accompanying condensed
consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
We previously audited in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated statement of financial condition as of
November 30, 2007, and the related consolidated
statements of earnings, changes in shareholders equity,
cash flows and comprehensive income for the year then ended (not
presented herein), and in our report dated
January 24, 2008 we expressed an unqualified opinion
on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the
information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated
statement of financial condition as of
November 30, 2007 and the condensed consolidated
statement of changes in shareholders equity for the year
ended November 30, 2007, is fairly stated in all
material respects in relation to the consolidated financial
statements from which it has been derived.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
October 3, 2008
63
|
|
Item 2:
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
No.
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
64
Introduction
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) is a leading global
investment banking, securities and investment management firm
that provides a wide range of services worldwide to a
substantial and diversified client base that includes
corporations, financial institutions, governments and
high-net-worth
individuals. On September 21, 2008, Group Inc. became
a bank holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve
Board) under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of
1956. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information.
Our activities are divided into three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking. We provide a broad range
of investment banking services to a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals.
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments. We
facilitate client transactions with a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals and take proprietary positions
through market making in, trading of and investing in fixed
income and equity products, currencies, commodities and
derivatives on these products. In addition, we engage in
market-making and specialist activities on equities and options
exchanges and clear client transactions on major stock, options
and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with our merchant
banking and other investing activities, we make principal
investments directly and through funds that we raise and manage.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services. We
provide investment advisory and financial planning services and
offer investment products (primarily through separately managed
accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and
private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a
diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide and
provide prime brokerage services, financing services and
securities lending services to institutional clients, including
hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide.
|
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations should be read in
conjunction with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.
References herein to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are to our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, all references to
August 2008, May 2008 and August 2007 refer to
our fiscal periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires,
August 29, 2008, May 30, 2008 and
August 31, 2007, respectively. All references to
November 2007, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer
to our fiscal year ended, or the date, as the context requires,
November 30, 2007. All references to 2008, unless
specifically stated otherwise, refer to our fiscal year ending,
or the date, as the context requires,
November 28, 2008.
When we use the terms Goldman Sachs, we,
us and our, we mean Group Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.
65
Executive
Overview
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Our diluted earnings per common
share were $1.81 for the third quarter of 2008 compared with
$6.13 for the third quarter of 2007. Annualized return on
average tangible common shareholders equity
(1) was
8.8% and annualized return on average common shareholders
equity was 7.7% for the third quarter of 2008. Book value per
common share increased 2% during the quarter to $99.30. Our
Tier 1 Ratio
(2) was
11.6% at the end of the third quarter of 2008, compared with
10.8% at the end of the second quarter of 2008.
Net revenues in Trading and Principal Investments decreased
significantly compared with the third quarter of 2007,
reflecting significant declines in Fixed Income, Currency and
Commodities (FICC) and Equities compared with particularly
strong results in the third quarter of 2007, as well as lower
results in Principal Investments. The decrease in FICC primarily
reflected very weak results in credit products and mortgages,
which were adversely affected by
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments, particularly outside of the U.S., and
a loss of approximately $275 million (including hedges)
related to non-investment-grade credit origination activities.
Mortgages included net losses of approximately $500 million
on residential mortgage loans and securities and approximately
$325 million on commercial mortgage loans and securities.
Commodities produced strong results, which were higher compared
with the third quarter of 2007. Net revenues in currencies and
interest rate products were also strong, although essentially
unchanged from the third quarter of 2007. During the quarter,
FICC operated in an environment generally characterized by wider
mortgage and corporate credit spreads, volatile markets and
lower levels of client activity. The decline in net revenues in
Equities reflected very weak results in principal strategies. In
addition, net revenues in derivatives were significantly lower
than a particularly strong third quarter of 2007. Commissions
were strong, but lower, compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Our Equities business operated in an environment characterized
by a significant decline in global equity prices, deleveraging
by clients and generally lower client activity levels towards
the end of the quarter. The decrease in Principal Investments
primarily reflected net losses from corporate and real estate
principal investments, particularly outside of the U.S.
Net revenues in Investment Banking were significantly lower
compared with the third quarter of 2007, reflecting a
significant decrease in Financial Advisory, as well as lower net
revenues in equity underwriting. In Financial Advisory, the
decline from a particularly strong third quarter of 2007
primarily reflected a decrease in industry-wide completed
mergers and acquisitions. The decrease in equity underwriting
primarily reflected a decline in industry-wide initial public
offerings. Our investment banking transaction backlog increased
during the quarter.
(3)
Net revenues in Asset Management and Securities Services
increased slightly compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Securities Services net revenues were higher, as our prime
brokerage business continued to generate strong results.
Customer balances were higher compared with the third quarter of
2007. Asset Management net revenues decreased, reflecting lower
management and other fees, as well as lower incentive fees. The
decrease in management and other fees primarily reflected the
impact of one fewer week in our fiscal third quarter of 2008
compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Our diluted earnings per common
share were $9.62 for the nine months ended August 2008
compared with $17.75 for the same period last year. Annualized
return on average tangible common shareholders equity
(1) was
16.3% and annualized return on average common shareholders
equity was 14.2% for the nine months ended August 2008.
|
|
(1)
|
Return on average tangible common shareholders equity
(ROTE) is computed by dividing net earnings (or annualized net
earnings for annualized ROTE) applicable to common shareholders
by average monthly tangible common shareholders equity.
See Results of Operations
Financial Overview below for further information regarding
our calculation of ROTE.
|
|
(2)
|
As of August 2008, Goldman Sachs was regulated by the SEC
as a Consolidated Supervised Entity (CSE) and, as such, was
subject to
group-wide
supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital
adequacy standards on a consolidated basis. The Tier 1
Ratio equals tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted
assets. See Equity Capital below for a
further discussion of our Tier 1 Ratio. On
September 21, 2008, Group Inc. became a bank holding
company regulated by the Federal Reserve Board under the
U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. See Note 16 to
the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information.
|
|
(3)
|
Our investment banking transaction backlog represents an
estimate of our future net revenues from investment banking
transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is
more likely than not.
|
66
Our results for the first nine months of 2008 reflected
significantly less favorable market conditions compared with the
same period last year. Net revenues in Trading and Principal
Investments were significantly lower compared with strong
results for the first nine months of 2007, reflecting
significant declines in FICC, Principal Investments and
Equities. Results in FICC were adversely affected by weakness in
the broader credit markets and
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments and a loss of approximately
$2.1 billion (including hedges) related to
non-investment-grade credit origination activities, partially
offset by strong franchise trading results. Mortgages included
net losses of approximately $1.6 billion on residential
mortgage loans and securities and approximately
$700 million on commercial mortgage loans and securities.
Interest rate products, currencies and commodities generated
strong results and net revenues were significantly higher than
the same prior year period. During the first nine months of
2008, client activity levels were generally solid, although
activity levels declined during our third quarter. The decline
in Principal Investments primarily reflected losses from
corporate principal investments, as well as lower gains and
overrides from real estate principal investments. The decrease
in Equities was principally due to significantly lower results
in principal strategies. The client franchise businesses
produced strong results and net revenues were slightly higher
compared with the first nine months of 2007. Commissions were
strong and higher compared with the same period last year.
During the first nine months of 2008, Equities operated in an
environment generally characterized by significantly lower
equity prices, particularly in the third quarter, and high
levels of volatility. Client activity levels, although generally
solid, declined towards the end of our third quarter, reflecting
the challenging market environment.
Net revenues in Investment Banking declined significantly
compared with strong results for the first nine months of 2007,
reflecting significantly lower net revenues in both Financial
Advisory and Underwriting. The decrease in Financial Advisory
reflected a decline in industry-wide completed mergers and
acquisitions. The decrease in Underwriting reflected
significantly lower net revenues in debt underwriting, partially
offset by higher net revenues in equity underwriting. The
decline in debt underwriting was primarily due to a decrease in
leveraged finance and, to a lesser extent,
mortgage-related
activity, reflecting challenging market conditions.
Net revenues in Asset Management and Securities Services
increased compared with the first nine months of 2007.
Securities Services net revenues were higher, as our prime
brokerage business continued to generate strong results.
Customer balances were higher compared with the same period last
year. Asset Management net revenues also increased, reflecting
higher average assets under management and higher incentive fees.
Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable
earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially
affected by conditions in global financial markets and economic
conditions generally. For a further discussion of the factors
that may affect our future operating results, see Risk
Factors in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
67
Business
Environment
Global economic growth continued to slow during our third
quarter of fiscal 2008, with weakness becoming more
broad-based
across the major economies. In emerging markets, although
economic growth generally remained solid, the pace of growth
decelerated as a result of a lower contribution from net
exports. Financial markets continued to experience elevated
levels of volatility due to concerns about the outlook for
global growth, inflation and asset writedowns. During our third
quarter, global equity markets experienced significant declines,
and mortgage and corporate credit spreads widened. After peaking
in July, the price of crude oil fell over the remainder of our
third quarter. The U.S. dollar appreciated against the
Euro, British pound and Japanese yen. Investment banking
activity levels were subdued in our third quarter. Although
industry-wide announced and completed mergers and acquisitions
increased slightly during our third quarter, industry-wide
equity and
equity-related
offerings declined significantly.
In the U.S., real gross domestic product (GDP) growth appeared
to soften in our third quarter as the impact of the federal
governments stimulus package subsided. Residential
investment continued to contract due to ongoing oversupply in
the housing market. Surveys of consumer confidence deteriorated
during our third quarter while business sentiment remained at
low levels. The rate of unemployment continued to increase,
reaching its highest level in nearly five years, with
private-sector employment contracting each month during our
third quarter. However, strong growth in exports, particularly
to emerging markets, continued to provide support for economic
growth and narrow the current account deficit. While the rate of
inflation increased,
long-term
inflation expectations moderated as oil prices declined and
capacity utilization decreased. The U.S. Federal Reserve
maintained its federal funds target rate at 2.00% during our
third quarter. The
10-year
U.S. Treasury note yield ended our third quarter
23 basis points lower at 3.83%. In the equity markets, the
Dow Jones Industrial Average, the S&P 500 Index and the
NASDAQ Composite Index decreased during our third quarter by 9%,
8% and 6%, respectively.
In the Eurozone economies, real GDP growth appeared to remain
slow in our third quarter, as growth in industrial production,
fixed investment and consumer expenditure was weak. Surveys of
business and consumer confidence declined during our third
quarter and a number of housing markets showed signs of
weakness. In response to elevated inflationary pressures, the
European Central Bank raised its main refinancing operations
rate by 25 basis points to 4.25%. The Euro depreciated by 6%
against the U.S. dollar. In the U.K., the pace of real GDP
growth appeared to slow. Surveys of consumer confidence worsened
during our third quarter over concerns about the impact on
economic growth from tighter credit conditions, a softer labor
market and weakness in the housing sector. Although inflationary
pressures remained elevated, the Bank of England kept its
official bank rate at 5.00% during our third quarter. The
British pound depreciated by 8% against the U.S. dollar.
Equity markets and
long-term
government bond yields in both the U.K. and continental Europe
decreased during our third quarter.
In Japan, real GDP growth appeared to remain slow in our third
quarter, as growth in exports, capital expenditure and
consumption remained slow. Business confidence remained low and
the unemployment rate appeared to increase slightly over the
quarter. Measures of inflation increased during our third
quarter, with core inflation rising at its fastest pace in more
than ten years. The Bank of Japan left its target overnight call
rate unchanged at 0.50%, while the yield on
10-year
Japanese government bonds decreased during our third quarter.
The Nikkei 225 Index ended our third quarter 9% lower. The yen
depreciated by 3% against the U.S. dollar.
In China, real GDP growth remained strong during our third
quarter, as domestic demand growth was strong and export growth
was solid. The rate of consumer inflation decreased during our
third quarter. The Peoples Bank of China maintained its
one-year
benchmark lending rate at 7.47%, but raised the reserve
requirement ratio by 100 basis points. The Chinese yuan
continued to appreciate against the U.S. dollar, increasing
by 2%. The Shanghai Composite Index declined sharply, ending our
third quarter 30% lower. In India, while growth in the
agricultural sector and in exports recovered modestly, overall
real GDP growth slowed as business investment and industrial
production slowed. Despite a tighter monetary stance,
inflationary pressures continued to escalate, reflecting the
impact of higher food and fuel prices. The Indian rupee
depreciated by 4% against the U.S. dollar during our third
quarter. Equity markets in Korea, Hong Kong and India also
experienced significant declines during our third quarter.
68
Critical
Accounting Policies
Fair
Value
The use of fair value to measure financial instruments, with
related unrealized gains or losses generally recognized in
Trading and principal investments in our condensed
consolidated statements of earnings, is fundamental to our
financial statements and our risk management processes and is
our most critical accounting policy. The fair value of a
financial instrument is the amount that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date
(the exit price). Instruments that we own (long positions) are
marked to bid prices, and instruments that we have sold, but not
yet purchased (short positions) are marked to offer prices.
In determining fair value, we separate our Financial
instruments, owned at fair value and Financial
instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
into two categories: cash instruments and derivative contracts,
as set forth in the following table:
Financial
Instruments by Category
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
Instruments Sold,
|
|
Financial
|
|
Instruments Sold,
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
but not Yet
|
|
Instruments
|
|
but not Yet
|
|
|
Owned, at
|
|
Purchased, at
|
|
Owned, at
|
|
Purchased, at
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
Cash trading instruments
|
|
$
|
252,367
|
|
|
$
|
80,601
|
|
|
$
|
324,181
|
|
|
$
|
112,018
|
|
ICBC
|
|
|
7,137
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,807
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
SMFG
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
1,936
|
(4)
|
|
|
4,060
|
|
|
|
3,627
|
(4)
|
Other principal investments
|
|
|
17,112
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,933
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal investments
|
|
|
26,190
|
|
|
|
1,936
|
|
|
|
22,800
|
|
|
|
3,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
278,557
|
|
|
|
82,537
|
|
|
|
346,981
|
|
|
|
115,645
|
|
Exchange-traded
|
|
|
14,209
|
|
|
|
15,623
|
|
|
|
13,541
|
|
|
|
12,280
|
|
Over-the-counter
|
|
|
107,354
|
|
|
|
88,281
|
|
|
|
92,073
|
|
|
|
87,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
121,563
|
(3)
|
|
|
103,904
|
(5)
|
|
|
105,614
|
(3)
|
|
|
99,378
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
400,120
|
|
|
$
|
186,441
|
|
|
$
|
452,595
|
|
|
$
|
215,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interests of
$4.51 billion and $4.30 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively, held by investment funds
managed by Goldman Sachs. The fair value of our investment in
the ordinary shares of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China
Limited (ICBC), which trade on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong,
includes the effect of foreign exchange revaluation for which we
maintain an economic currency hedge.
|
|
(2) |
|
The following table sets forth the
principal investments (in addition to our investments in ICBC
and Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG)) included
within the Principal Investments component of our Trading and
Principal Investments segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Real Estate
|
|
Total
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Real Estate
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Private
|
|
$
|
10,971
|
|
|
$
|
3,843
|
|
|
$
|
14,814
|
|
|
$
|
7,297
|
|
|
$
|
2,361
|
|
|
$
|
9,658
|
|
Public
|
|
|
2,249
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
2,298
|
|
|
|
2,208
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
2,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
13,220
|
|
|
$
|
3,892
|
|
|
$
|
17,112
|
|
|
$
|
9,505
|
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
|
$
|
11,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Net of cash received pursuant to
credit support agreements of $98.78 billion and
$59.05 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents an economic hedge on the
shares of common stock underlying our investment in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG.
|
|
(5) |
|
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit
support agreements of $26.26 billion and
$27.76 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
69
Cash Instruments. Cash instruments include
cash trading instruments, public principal investments and
private principal investments.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Trading Instruments. Our cash trading
instruments are generally valued using quoted market prices,
broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with
reasonable levels of price transparency. The types of
instruments valued based on quoted market prices in active
markets include most U.S. government and sovereign
obligations, active listed equities and certain money market
securities.
|
The types of instruments that trade in markets that are not
considered to be active, but are valued based on quoted market
prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing
sources with reasonable levels of price transparency include
most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate
bonds, certain mortgage products, certain bank loans and bridge
loans, less liquid listed equities, state, municipal and
provincial obligations, most physical commodities and certain
money market securities and loan commitments.
Certain cash trading instruments trade infrequently and
therefore have little or no price transparency. Such instruments
include private equity and real estate fund investments, certain
bank loans and bridge loans (including certain mezzanine
financing, leveraged loans arising from capital market
transactions and other corporate bank debt), less liquid
corporate debt securities and other debt obligations (including
less liquid
high-yield
corporate bonds, distressed debt instruments and collateralized
debt obligations (CDOs) backed by corporate obligations), less
liquid mortgage whole loans and securities (backed by either
commercial or residential real estate), and acquired portfolios
of distressed loans. The transaction price is initially used as
the best estimate of fair value. Accordingly, when a pricing
model is used to value such an instrument, the model is adjusted
so that the model value at inception equals the transaction
price. This valuation is adjusted only when changes to inputs
and assumptions are corroborated by evidence such as
transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending
third-party
transactions in the underlying investment or comparable
entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and
other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in
the equity or debt capital markets, and changes in financial
ratios or cash flows.
For positions that are not traded in active markets or are
subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to
reflect illiquidity
and/or
non-transferability,
and such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Principal Investments. Our public
principal investments held within the Principal Investments
component of our Trading and Principal Investments segment tend
to be large, concentrated holdings resulting from initial public
offerings or other corporate transactions, and are valued based
on quoted market prices. For positions that are not traded in
active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions,
valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity
and/or
non-transferability,
and such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
|
Our most significant public principal investment is our
investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC. Our investment in
ICBC is valued using the quoted market prices adjusted for
transfer restrictions. The ordinary shares acquired from ICBC
are subject to transfer restrictions that, among other things,
prohibit any sale, disposition or other transfer until
April 28, 2009. From April 28, 2009 to
October 20, 2009, we may transfer up to 50% of the
aggregate ordinary shares of ICBC that we owned as of
October 20, 2006. We may transfer the remaining shares
after October 20, 2009. A portion of our interest is
held by investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs.
70
We also have an investment in the convertible preferred stock of
SMFG. This investment is valued using a model that is
principally based on SMFGs common stock price. During our
second quarter of 2008, we converted
one-third of
our preferred stock investment into SMFG common stock, and
delivered the common stock to close out
one-third of
our hedge position. As of August 2008, we remained hedged
on the common stock underlying our remaining investment in SMFG.
|
|
|
|
|
Private Principal Investments. Our private
principal investments held within the Principal Investments
component of our Trading and Principal Investments segment
include investments in private equity, debt and real estate,
primarily held through investment funds. By their nature, these
investments have little or no price transparency. We value such
instruments initially at transaction price and adjust valuations
when evidence is available to support such adjustments. Such
evidence includes transactions in similar instruments, completed
or pending
third-party
transactions in the underlying investment or comparable
entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and
other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in
the equity or debt capital markets, and changes in financial
ratios or cash flows.
|
Derivative Contracts. Derivative contracts can
be
exchange-traded
or over-the-counter (OTC). We generally value
exchange-traded
derivatives within portfolios using models which calibrate to
market-clearing levels and eliminate timing differences between
the closing price of the
exchange-traded
derivatives and their underlying instruments.
OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other
market evidence whenever possible, including market-based inputs
to models, model calibration to market-clearing transactions,
broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with
reasonable levels of price transparency. Where models are used,
the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative
depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks
inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of
pricing information in the market. We generally use similar
models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a
variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices,
yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment
rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that
trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and
options, model inputs can generally be verified and model
selection does not involve significant management judgment.
Certain OTC derivatives trade in less liquid markets with
limited pricing information, and the determination of fair value
for these derivatives is inherently more difficult. Where we do
not have corroborating market evidence to support significant
model inputs and cannot verify the model to market transactions,
transaction price is initially used as the best estimate of fair
value. Accordingly, when a pricing model is used to value such
an instrument, the model is adjusted so that the model value at
inception equals the transaction price. Subsequent to initial
recognition, we only update valuation inputs when corroborated
by evidence such as similar market transactions,
third-party
pricing services
and/or
broker or dealer quotations, or other empirical market data. In
circumstances where we cannot verify the model value to market
transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model
could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See
Derivatives below for further information on
our OTC derivatives.
When appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors
such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations.
Such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
Controls Over Valuation of Financial
Instruments. A control infrastructure,
independent of the trading and investing functions, is
fundamental to ensuring that our financial instruments are
appropriately valued at market-clearing levels (i.e., exit
prices) and that fair value measurements are reliable.
71
We employ an oversight structure that includes appropriate
segregation of duties. Senior management, independent of the
trading and investing functions, is responsible for the
oversight of control and valuation policies and for reporting
the results of these policies to our Audit Committee. We seek to
maintain the necessary resources to ensure that control
functions are performed to the highest standards. We employ
procedures for the approval of new transaction types and
markets, price verification, review of daily profit and loss,
and review of valuation models by personnel with appropriate
technical knowledge of relevant products and markets. These
procedures are performed by personnel independent of the trading
and investing functions. For financial instruments where prices
or valuations that require inputs are less observable, we
employ, where possible, procedures that include comparisons with
similar observable positions, analysis of actual to projected
cash flows, comparisons with subsequent sales and discussions
with senior business leaders. See Market
Risk and Credit Risk below for a
further discussion of how we manage the risks inherent in our
trading and principal investing businesses.
Fair Value Hierarchy
Level 3. Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy
that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to
measure fair value. The objective of a fair value measurement is
to determine the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date (the exit
price). The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority
to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). Assets and
liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest
level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Instruments that trade infrequently and therefore have little or
no price transparency are classified within level 3 of the
fair value hierarchy. We determine which instruments are
classified within level 3 based on the results of our price
verification process. This process is performed by personnel
independent of our trading and investing functions who
corroborate valuations to external market data
(e.g., quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations,
third-party
pricing vendors, recent trading activity and comparative
analyses to similar instruments). When broker or dealer
quotations or
third-party
pricing vendors are used for valuation or price verification,
greater priority is given to executable quotes. As part of our
price verification process, valuations based on quotes are
corroborated by comparison both to other quotes and to recent
trading activity in the same or similar instruments. The number
of quotes obtained varies by instrument and depends on the
liquidity of the particular instrument. See Notes 2 and 3
to the condensed consolidated financial statements in
Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding SFAS No. 157.
Valuation Methodologies for Level 3
Assets. Instruments classified within
level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially valued at
transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial
estimate of fair value. As time passes, transaction price
becomes less reliable as an estimate of fair value and
accordingly, we use other methodologies to determine fair value,
which vary based on the type of instrument, as described below.
Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and assumptions
are only changed when corroborated by substantive evidence.
Senior management in control functions, independent of the
trading and investing functions, reviews all significant
unrealized gains/losses, including the primary drivers of the
change in value. Valuations are further corroborated by values
realized upon sales of our level 3 assets. An overview of
methodologies used to value our level 3 assets subsequent
to the transaction date is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Private equity and real estate fund
investments. Recent
third-party
investments or pending transactions are considered to be the
best evidence of fair value. In the absence of such evidence,
valuations are based on a combination of
third-party
independent appraisals, transactions in similar instruments,
discounted cash flow techniques and valuation multiples.
Evidence that may be used to corroborate a change in fair value
include transactions in similar instruments; pending
reorganizations (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers or
debt restructurings); and significant changes in financial
metrics (such as operating results as compared to previous
projections, industry multiples for comparable publicly traded
investments, credit ratings and balance sheet ratios).
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and bridge loans and Corporate debt securities and
other debt obligations. Valuations are generally based on
discounted cash flow techniques, for which the key inputs are
the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and the
market yield. Distressed instruments are also sensitive to
recovery assumptions. Inputs are determined based on relative
value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to credit default
swaps that reference the same underlying credit risk, other debt
instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or
quotes are available.
|
|
|
|
Loans and securities backed by commercial real
estate. Loans and securities backed by commercial
real estate are collateralized by specific assets and are
generally tranched into varying levels of subordination. Due to
the nature of these instruments, valuations vary by instrument
and we apply various valuation methodologies. Valuation
methodologies include relative value analyses across different
tranches, comparisons to transactions in both the underlying
collateral and instruments with the same or substantially the
same underlying collateral, including market indices, such as
the CMBX
(1), and
credit default swaps, as well as discounted cash flow techniques.
|
|
|
|
Loans and securities backed by residential real
estate. Valuations are based on both proprietary
and industry recognized models (including Intex and Bloomberg),
discounted cash flow techniques and hypothetical securitization
analyses. In the recent market environment, the most significant
inputs to the valuation of these instruments are delinquency,
default and loss expectations, which are driven in part by
housing prices. Inputs are determined based on relative value
analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with
similar collateral and risk profiles, including relevant indices
such as the ABX
(1).
|
|
|
|
Loan portfolios. Valuations are based on
discounted cash flow techniques, for which the key inputs are
the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and the
market yield. Inputs are determined based on relative value
analyses which incorporate comparisons to recent auction data
for other similar loan portfolios.
|
|
|
|
Derivative contracts. Valuation models are
calibrated to initial trade price. Subsequent changes in
valuations are based on observable inputs to the valuation
models (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities,
etc.). Model inputs are changed only when corroborated by market
data. The valuations of less liquid OTC derivatives are
typically based on level 1
and/or
level 2 inputs that can be observed in the market, as well
as unobservable level 3 inputs, such as certain
correlations and volatilities.
|
Total level 3 assets were $67.87 billion,
$78.09 billion and $69.15 billion as of
August 2008, May 2008 and November 2007,
respectively. The decrease in level 3 assets during the
three months ended August 2008 was primarily driven by
transfers to level 2 of corporate debt securities and other
debt obligations, and full and partial sales of bank loans and
bridge loans. The transfers to level 2 were due to improved
price transparency, largely as a result of partial sales. The
decrease also reflected transfers to level 2 of
mortgage-related
derivative assets, as recent trading activity provided improved
transparency for correlation inputs.
The slight decrease in level 3 assets during the nine
months ended August 2008 primarily reflected unrealized
losses and dispositions of bank loans and bridge loans as well
as transfers to level 2 of
mortgage-related
derivative assets, as recent trading activity provided improved
transparency for correlation inputs. These decreases were
partially offset by transfers to level 3 of loans and
securities backed by commercial real estate, reflecting reduced
levels of liquidity, and therefore reduced price transparency,
as well as purchases of corporate debt securities and other debt
obligations.
(1) The
CMBX and ABX are indices that track the performance of
commercial mortgage bonds and subprime residential mortgage
bonds, respectively.
73
The following table sets forth the fair values of financial
assets classified as level 3 within the fair value
hierarchy:
Level 3
Financial Assets at Fair Value
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
May
|
|
November
|
Description
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Private equity and real estate fund
investments (1)
|
|
$
|
17,485
|
|
|
$
|
16,677
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
Bank loans and bridge
loans (2)
|
|
|
10,956
|
|
|
|
13,301
|
|
|
|
13,334
|
|
Corporate debt securities and other debt
obligations (3)
|
|
|
7,467
|
|
|
|
11,846
|
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
|
|
|
11,144
|
|
|
|
10,265
|
|
|
|
7,410
|
|
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
|
|
|
2,116
|
|
|
|
2,330
|
|
|
|
2,484
|
|
Loan
portfolios (4)
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
6,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
54,123
|
|
|
|
59,671
|
|
|
|
53,451
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
13,745
|
|
|
|
18,417
|
|
|
|
15,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total level 3 assets at fair value
|
|
|
67,868
|
|
|
|
78,088
|
|
|
|
69,151
|
|
Level 3 assets for which we do not bear economic
exposure (5)
|
|
|
(9,598
|
)
|
|
|
(10,747
|
)
|
|
|
(14,437
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets for which we bear economic exposure
|
|
$
|
58,270
|
|
|
$
|
67,341
|
|
|
$
|
54,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes $2.43 billion,
$2.35 billion and $7.06 billion as of
August 2008, May 2008 and November 2007,
respectively, of assets for which we do not bear economic
exposure. Also includes $3.46 billion, $3.09 billion
and $2.02 billion as of August 2008, May 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, of real estate fund
investments.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes mezzanine financing,
leveraged loans arising from capital market transactions and
other corporate bank debt.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $1.14 billion,
$1.24 billion and $2.49 billion as of
August 2008, May 2008 and November 2007,
respectively, of CDOs backed by corporate obligations.
|
|
(4) |
|
Consists of acquired portfolios of
distressed loans and securities, primarily backed by commercial
and residential real estate collateral.
|
|
(5) |
|
We do not bear economic exposure to
these level 3 assets as they are financed by nonrecourse
debt, attributable to minority investors or attributable to
employee interests in certain consolidated funds.
|
74
Loans and securities backed by residential real
estate. We securitize, underwrite and make
markets in various types of residential mortgages, including
prime, Alt-A
and subprime. At any point in time, we may use cash instruments
as well as derivatives to manage our long or short risk position
in the residential mortgage market. The following table sets
forth the fair value of our long positions in prime,
Alt-A and
subprime mortgage cash instruments:
Long Positions in
Loans and Securities Backed by Residential Real Estate
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Prime (1)
|
|
$
|
2,053
|
|
|
$
|
7,135
|
|
Alt-A
|
|
|
3,675
|
|
|
|
6,358
|
|
Subprime (2)
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
2,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (3)
|
|
$
|
7,614
|
|
|
$
|
15,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes U.S. government
agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations of
$5.10 billion and $7.24 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively. Also excludes
U.S. government agency-issued mortgage-pass through
certificates.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes $196 million and
$316 million of CDOs backed by subprime mortgages as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $2.12 billion and
$2.48 billion of financial instruments (primarily loans and
investment-grade securities, the majority of which were issued
during 2006 and 2007) classified as level 3 under the
fair value hierarchy as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively.
|
Loans and securities backed by commercial real
estate. We originate, securitize and syndicate
fixed and floating rate commercial mortgages globally. At any
point in time, we may use cash instruments as well as
derivatives to manage our risk position in the commercial
mortgage market. The following table sets forth the fair value
of our long positions in loans and securities backed by
commercial real estate by geographic region. The decrease in
loans and securities backed by commercial real estate from
November 2007 to August 2008 was primarily due to
dispositions.
Long Positions in
Loans and Securities Backed by
Commercial Real Estate by Geographic Region
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Americas (1)
|
|
$
|
9,371
|
|
|
$
|
12,361
|
|
EMEA (2)
|
|
|
5,113
|
|
|
|
6,607
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (3)
|
|
$
|
14,616
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
19,020
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all relates to the
U.S.
|
|
(2) |
|
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and
Africa).
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $11.14 billion and
$7.41 billion of financial instruments classified as
level 3 under the fair value hierarchy as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes loans of
$11.63 billion and commercial
mortgage-backed
securities of $2.99 billion as of August 2008, of
which $12.91 billion was floating rate and
$1.71 billion was fixed rate.
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes loans of
$16.27 billion and commercial
mortgage-backed
securities of $2.75 billion as of November 2007, of
which $16.52 billion was floating rate and
$2.50 billion was fixed rate.
|
75
Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair
Value. In addition to Financial instruments
owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold,
but not yet purchased, at fair value, we have elected to
account for certain of our other financial assets and financial
liabilities at fair value under SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140, or SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, (i.e., the fair value option). The
primary reasons for electing the fair value option are
mitigating volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, simplification and cost-benefit
considerations.
Such financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at
fair value include (i) certain unsecured
short-term
borrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial
paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;
(ii) certain other secured financings, primarily transfers
accounted for as financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140, debt raised through our William Street
program and certain other nonrecourse financings;
(iii) certain unsecured
long-term
borrowings, including prepaid physical commodity transactions;
(iv) resale and repurchase agreements; (v) securities
borrowed and loaned within Trading and Principal Investments,
consisting of our matched book and certain firm financing
activities; (vi) corporate loans, loan commitments and
certain certificates of deposit issued by Goldman Sachs Bank USA
(GS Bank USA) as well as securities held by GS Bank USA (which
would otherwise be accounted for as
available-for-sale);
(vii) receivables from customers and counterparties arising
from transfers accounted for as secured loans rather than
purchases under SFAS No. 140; (viii) certain
insurance and reinsurance contracts; and (ix) in general,
investments acquired after the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 where we have significant influence over
the investee and would otherwise apply the equity method of
accounting. In certain cases, we may apply the equity method of
accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or
closely related to our principal business activities, where we
have a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or
operations of the investee, or where cost-benefit considerations
are less significant.
Goodwill and
Identifiable Intangible Assets
As a result of our acquisitions, principally SLK LLC (SLK) in
2000, The Ayco Company, L.P. (Ayco) in 2003 and our variable
annuity and life insurance business in 2006, we have acquired
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is the
cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net
assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the
acquisition date.
Goodwill. We test the goodwill in each of our
operating segments, which are components one level below our
three business segments, for impairment at least annually in
accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, by comparing the estimated fair value
of each operating segment with its estimated net book value. We
derive the fair value of each of our operating segments
primarily based on price-earnings and price-book multiples. We
derive the net book value of our operating segments by
estimating the amount of shareholders equity required to
support the activities of each operating segment. Our last
annual impairment test was performed during our 2007 fourth
quarter and no impairment was identified.
76
The following table sets forth the carrying value of our
goodwill by operating segment:
Goodwill by
Operating Segment
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Investment Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FICC
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Equities (1)
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
Principal Investments
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Management (2)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,553
|
|
|
$
|
3,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily related to SLK.
|
|
(2) |
|
Primarily related to Ayco.
|
Identifiable Intangible Assets. We amortize
our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated lives in
accordance with SFAS No. 142 or, in the case of
insurance contracts, in accordance with SFAS No. 60,
Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises,
and SFAS No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by
Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and
for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of
Investments. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest
that an assets or asset groups carrying value may
not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, or SFAS No. 60
and SFAS No. 97. An impairment loss, calculated as the
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying
value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of
the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or
asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value.
77
The following table sets forth the carrying value and range of
remaining lives of our identifiable intangible assets by major
asset class:
Identifiable
Intangible Assets by Asset Class
($ in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Range of Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Remaining Lives
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Value
|
|
(in years)
|
|
Value
|
Customer
lists (1)
|
|
$
|
713
|
|
|
|
2 - 17
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) specialist rights
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
Insurance-related
assets (2)
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
Exchange-traded
fund (ETF) lead market maker rights
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Other (3)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
1 - 17
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily includes our clearance
and execution and NASDAQ customer lists related to SLK and
financial counseling customer lists related to Ayco.
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of the value of business
acquired (VOBA) and deferred acquisition costs (DAC). VOBA
represents the present value of estimated future gross profits
of the variable annuity and life insurance business. DAC results
from commissions paid by Goldman Sachs to the primary insurer
(ceding company) on life and annuity reinsurance agreements as
compensation to place the business with us and to cover the
ceding companys acquisition expenses. VOBA and DAC are
amortized over the estimated life of the underlying contracts
based on estimated gross profits, and amortization is adjusted
based on actual experience. The seven-year estimated life
represents the weighted average remaining amortization period of
the underlying contracts (certain of which extend for
approximately 30 years).
|
|
(3) |
|
Primarily includes
marketing-related assets and power contracts.
|
A prolonged period of weakness in global equity markets and the
trading of securities in multiple markets and on multiple
exchanges could adversely impact our businesses and impair the
value of our goodwill
and/or
identifiable intangible assets. In addition, certain events
could indicate a potential impairment of our identifiable
intangible assets, including (i) changes in market
structure that could adversely affect our specialist businesses
(see discussion below), (ii) an adverse action or
assessment by a regulator, or (iii) adverse actual
experience on the contracts in our variable annuity and life
insurance business.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, as a result of continuing
weak operating results in our NYSE specialist business, we
tested our NYSE specialist rights for impairment in accordance
with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Under
SFAS No. 144, an impairment loss is recognized if the
carrying amount of our NYSE specialist rights exceeds the
projected undiscounted cash flows of the business over the
estimated remaining life of our NYSE specialist rights.
Projected undiscounted cash flows exceeded the carrying amount
of our NYSE specialist rights, and accordingly, we did not
record an impairment loss.
In June 2008, the NYSE formally filed rule changes with the
SEC to redefine the role of specialists and create a new market
model for the NYSE. Certain of the rule changes were approved
during our third quarter of 2008, and the remainder are expected
to be adopted and implemented upon completion of the statutory
review and comment periods during our fourth quarter of 2008.
These rule changes will further align the NYSEs model with
investor requirements for speed and efficiency of execution and
will establish specialists as Designated Market Makers (DMMs).
DMMs will have an obligation to commit capital but for the first
time, DMMs will be able to trade on parity with other market
participants. In addition, in 2008, the NYSE introduced a
reserve order system that allows for anonymous trade execution
and is expected to increase liquidity and market share. The new
rules and the launch of the reserve order system are expected to
bolster the NYSEs competitive position by simplifying
trading and advancing the NYSEs goal of increasing
execution speeds.
78
In projecting the undiscounted cash flows of the business for
the purpose of performing our impairment test during the fourth
quarter of 2007, we made several important assumptions about the
potential beneficial effects of the rule and market structure
changes described above. Specifically, we assumed that:
|
|
|
|
|
total equity trading volumes in NYSE-listed companies will
continue to grow at a rate consistent with recent historical
trends;
|
|
|
|
the NYSE will be able to recapture approximately
one-half of
the market share that it lost in 2007; and
|
|
|
|
we will increase our market share of the NYSE specialist
business and, as a DMM, the profitability of each share traded.
|
There can be no assurance that the assumptions, rule or
structure changes described above will result in sufficient cash
flows to avoid future impairment of our NYSE specialist rights.
As of August 2008, the carrying value of our NYSE
specialist rights was $472 million. To the extent that
there were to be an impairment in the future, it could result in
a significant writedown in the carrying value of these
specialist rights.
Use of
Estimates
The use of generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make certain estimates and assumptions. In
addition to the estimates we make in connection with fair value
measurements and the accounting for goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets, the use of estimates and assumptions is also
important in determining provisions for potential losses that
may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax
audits.
A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits
represents discretionary bonuses, which are determined at year
end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate estimated
annual discretionary bonuses among interim periods is in
proportion to the net revenues earned in such periods. In
addition to the level of net revenues, our overall compensation
expense in any given year is also influenced by, among other
factors, prevailing labor markets, business mix and the
structure of our
share-based
compensation programs. Our ratio of compensation and benefits to
net revenues was 48.0% for the first nine months of 2008,
consistent with the same period last year.
We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out
of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such
losses are probable and can be estimated, in accordance with
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.
We estimate and provide for potential liabilities that may arise
out of tax audits to the extent that uncertain tax positions
fail to meet the recognition standard of FIN 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. See
Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information on FIN 48.
Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and
our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different.
Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and
regulatory proceedings is determined on a
case-by-case
basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after
considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or
proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in
similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of
legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the
outcome of our litigation and regulatory matters, particularly
in cases or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate
damages or fines are sought, we cannot estimate losses or ranges
of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a
reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. See
Legal Proceedings in Part I,
Item 3 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and in Part II, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for information on our judicial, regulatory and arbitration
proceedings.
79
Results of
Operations
The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as
financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed.
The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter
term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and
market conditions. See Risk Factors in Part I,
Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a further discussion of the impact of economic and market
conditions on our results of operations.
Financial
Overview
The following table sets forth an overview of our financial
results:
Financial
Overview
($ in
millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
6,043
|
|
|
$
|
12,334
|
|
|
$
|
23,800
|
|
|
$
|
35,246
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
5,935
|
|
|
|
12,549
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
8,384
|
|
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
|
|
4,328
|
|
|
|
8,241
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
|
1.81
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
|
|
9.62
|
|
|
|
17.75
|
|
Annualized return on average common shareholders
equity (1)
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
Annualized return on average tangible common shareholders
equity (2)
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
36.6
|
%
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Return on average common
shareholders equity (ROE) is computed by dividing net
earnings (or annualized net earnings for annualized ROE)
applicable to common shareholders by average monthly common
shareholders equity.
|
|
(2) |
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity equals total shareholders equity less preferred
stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding
power contracts. Identifiable intangible assets associated with
power contracts are not deducted from total shareholders
equity because, unlike other intangible assets, less than 50% of
these assets are supported by common shareholders equity.
|
We believe that return on average tangible common
shareholders equity (ROTE) is meaningful because it
measures the performance of businesses consistently, whether
they were acquired or developed internally. ROTE is computed by
dividing net earnings (or annualized net earnings for annualized
ROTE) applicable to common shareholders by average monthly
tangible common shareholders equity.
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of average
total shareholders equity to average tangible common
shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average for the
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
45,170
|
|
|
$
|
38,667
|
|
|
$
|
43,739
|
|
|
$
|
37,384
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
|
42,070
|
|
|
|
35,567
|
|
|
|
40,639
|
|
|
|
34,284
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding power
contracts
|
|
|
(5,244
|
)
|
|
|
(4,926
|
)
|
|
|
(5,219
|
)
|
|
|
(4,956
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible common shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
36,826
|
|
|
$
|
30,641
|
|
|
$
|
35,420
|
|
|
$
|
29,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
Net
Revenues
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Our net revenues were
$6.04 billion for the third quarter of 2008, a decrease of
51% compared with the third quarter of 2007, reflecting very
challenging market conditions, characterized by
broad-based
declines in asset values and a decrease in levels of client
activity. Net revenues in Trading and Principal Investments
decreased significantly compared with the third quarter of 2007,
reflecting significant declines in FICC and Equities compared
with particularly strong results in the third quarter of 2007,
as well as lower results in Principal Investments. The decrease
in FICC primarily reflected very weak results in credit products
and mortgages, which were adversely affected by the
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments, particularly outside of the U.S., and
a loss of approximately $275 million (including hedges)
related to non-investment-grade credit origination activities.
Mortgages included net losses of approximately $500 million
on residential mortgage loans and securities and approximately
$325 million on commercial mortgage loans and securities.
Commodities produced strong results, which were higher compared
with the third quarter of 2007. Net revenues in currencies and
interest rate products were also strong, although essentially
unchanged from the third quarter of 2007. During the quarter,
FICC operated in an environment generally characterized by wider
mortgage and corporate credit spreads, volatile markets and
lower levels of client activity. The decline in net revenues in
Equities reflected very weak results in principal strategies. In
addition, net revenues in derivatives were significantly lower
than a particularly strong third quarter of 2007. Commissions
were strong, but lower, compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Our Equities business operated in an environment characterized
by a significant decline in global equity prices, deleveraging
by clients and generally lower client activity levels towards
the end of the quarter. The decrease in Principal Investments
primarily reflected net losses from corporate and real estate
principal investments, particularly outside of the U.S.
Net revenues in Investment Banking were significantly lower
compared with the third quarter of 2007, reflecting a
significant decrease in Financial Advisory, as well as lower net
revenues in equity underwriting. In Financial Advisory, the
decline from a particularly strong third quarter of 2007
primarily reflected a decrease in industry-wide completed
mergers and acquisitions. The decrease in equity underwriting
primarily reflected a decline in industry-wide initial public
offerings.
Net revenues in Asset Management and Securities Services
increased slightly compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Securities Services net revenues were higher, as our prime
brokerage business continued to generate strong results.
Customer balances were higher compared with the third quarter of
2007. Asset Management net revenues decreased, reflecting lower
management and other fees, as well as lower incentive fees. The
decrease in management and other fees primarily reflected the
impact of one fewer week in our fiscal third quarter of 2008
compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Our net revenues were
$23.80 billion for the nine months ended August 2008,
a decrease of 32% compared with the same period last year,
reflecting significantly less favorable market conditions. Net
revenues in Trading and Principal Investments were significantly
lower compared with strong results for the first nine months of
2007, reflecting significant declines in FICC, Principal
Investments and Equities. Results in FICC were adversely
affected by weakness in the broader credit markets and
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments and a loss of approximately
$2.1 billion (including hedges) related to
non-investment-grade credit origination activities, partially
offset by strong franchise trading results. Mortgages included
net losses of approximately $1.6 billion on residential
mortgage loans and securities and approximately
$700 million on commercial mortgage loans and securities.
Interest rate products, currencies and commodities generated
strong results and net revenues were significantly higher than
the same prior year period. During the first nine months of
2008, client activity levels were generally solid, although
activity levels declined during our third quarter. The decline
in Principal Investments primarily reflected losses from
corporate principal investments, as well as lower gains and
overrides from real estate principal investments. The
81
decrease in Equities was principally due to significantly lower
results in principal strategies. The client franchise businesses
produced strong results and net revenues were slightly higher
compared with the first nine months of 2007. Commissions were
strong and higher compared with the same period last year.
During the first nine months of 2008, Equities operated in an
environment generally characterized by significantly lower
equity prices, particularly in the third quarter, and high
levels of volatility. Client activity levels, although generally
solid, declined towards the end of our third quarter, reflecting
the challenging market environment.
Net revenues in Investment Banking declined significantly
compared with strong results for the first nine months of 2007,
reflecting significantly lower net revenues in both Financial
Advisory and Underwriting. The decrease in Financial Advisory
reflected a decline in industry-wide completed mergers and
acquisitions. The decrease in Underwriting reflected
significantly lower net revenues in debt underwriting, partially
offset by higher net revenues in equity underwriting. The
decline in debt underwriting was primarily due to a decrease in
leveraged finance and, to a lesser extent,
mortgage-related
activity, reflecting challenging market conditions.
Net revenues in Asset Management and Securities Services
increased compared with the first nine months of 2007.
Securities Services net revenues were higher, as our prime
brokerage business continued to generate strong results.
Customer balances were higher compared with the same period last
year. Asset Management net revenues also increased, reflecting
higher average assets under management and higher incentive fees.
82
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation,
headcount and levels of business activity. A substantial portion
of our compensation expense represents discretionary bonuses
which are significantly impacted by, among other factors, the
level of net revenues, prevailing labor markets, business mix
and the structure of our
share-based
compensation programs. Our ratio of compensation and benefits to
net revenues was 48.0% for the first nine months of 2008,
consistent with the same period last year.
The following table sets forth our operating expenses and number
of employees:
Operating
Expenses and Employees
($ in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Compensation and
benefits (1)
|
|
$
|
2,901
|
|
|
$
|
5,920
|
|
|
$
|
11,424
|
|
|
$
|
16,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
Other
expenses (2)
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
1,204
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-compensation
expenses
|
|
|
2,182
|
|
|
|
2,155
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
5,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
5,083
|
|
|
$
|
8,075
|
|
|
$
|
17,865
|
|
|
$
|
22,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees at period
end (3)
|
|
|
32,569
|
|
|
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Compensation and benefits includes
$63 million and $40 million for the three months ended
August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, and
$192 million and $125 million for the nine months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively,
attributable to consolidated entities held for investment
purposes. Consolidated entities held for investment purposes are
entities that are held strictly for capital appreciation, have a
defined exit strategy and are engaged in activities that are not
closely related to our principal businesses.
|
|
(2) |
|
Beginning in the first quarter of
2008, Cost of power generation was reclassified into
Other expenses in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings. Prior periods have been reclassified to
conform to the current presentation.
|
|
(3) |
|
Excludes 4,909 and 4,904 employees
as of August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, of
consolidated entities held for investment purposes (see footnote
1 above).
|
83
The following table sets forth
non-compensation
expenses of consolidated entities held for investment purposes
and our remaining
non-compensation
expenses by line item:
Non-Compensation
Expenses
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Non-compensation
expenses of consolidated
investments (1)
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compensation
expenses excluding consolidated investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
Other
expenses (2)
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
2,054
|
|
|
|
5,999
|
|
|
|
5,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-compensation
expenses, as reported
|
|
$
|
2,182
|
|
|
$
|
2,155
|
|
|
$
|
6,441
|
|
|
$
|
5,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consolidated entities held for
investment purposes are entities that are held strictly for
capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy and are
engaged in activities that are not closely related to our
principal businesses. For example, these investments include
consolidated entities that hold real estate assets, such as
hotels, but exclude investments in entities that primarily hold
financial assets. We believe that it is meaningful to review
non-compensation
expenses excluding expenses related to these consolidated
entities in order to evaluate trends in
non-compensation
expenses related to our principal business activities. Revenues
related to such entities are included in Trading and
principal investments in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings.
|
|
(2) |
|
Beginning in the first quarter of
2008, Cost of power generation was reclassified into
Other expenses in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings. Prior periods have been reclassified to
conform to the current presentation.
|
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Operating expenses of
$5.08 billion for the third quarter of 2008 decreased 37%
compared with the third quarter of 2007. Compensation and
benefits expenses of $2.90 billion decreased 51% compared
with the third quarter of 2007, commensurate with lower net
revenues. Employment levels increased 3% during the third
quarter of 2008, primarily reflecting the seasonal timing of
school hires.
Non-compensation
expenses were $2.18 billion, 1% higher than the third
quarter of 2007. Excluding consolidated entities held for
investment purposes,
non-compensation
expenses were 3% lower than the third quarter of 2007, primarily
reflecting lower brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution
fees.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Operating expenses of
$17.87 billion for the first nine months of 2008 decreased
21% compared with the same period last year. Compensation and
benefits expenses of $11.42 billion decreased 32% compared
with the same period last year, commensurate with lower net
revenues. Employment levels increased 7% during the first nine
months of 2008, primarily due to the acquisition of Litton Loan
Servicing LP and the impact of school hires.
Non-compensation
expenses were $6.44 billion, 11% higher than the same
period last year. Excluding consolidated entities held for
investment purposes,
non-compensation
expenses were 9% higher than the same period last year. More
than
one-half of
this increase was attributable to higher brokerage, clearing,
exchange and distribution fees, which principally reflected
higher activity levels in Equities and FICC. The remainder of
the increase compared with the same period last year generally
reflected the impact of geographic expansion and growth in
employment levels.
84
Provision for
Taxes
The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2008
was 25.1%, down from 27.7% for the first half of 2008 and down
from 34.1% for fiscal year 2007. The decreases in the effective
income tax rate were primarily due to changes in geographic
earnings mix and an increase in permanent benefits as a
percentage of lower earnings.
Segment Operating
Results
The following table sets forth the net revenues, operating
expenses and
pre-tax
earnings of our segments:
Segment Operating
Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Investment
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,294
|
|
|
$
|
2,145
|
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
5,582
|
|
Banking
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
1,291
|
|
|
|
2,867
|
|
|
|
3,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
$
|
854
|
|
|
$
|
1,284
|
|
|
$
|
1,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,704
|
|
|
$
|
8,229
|
|
|
$
|
13,419
|
|
|
$
|
24,295
|
|
Investments
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
3,465
|
|
|
|
5,344
|
|
|
|
11,169
|
|
|
|
14,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(761
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,885
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
$
|
9,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,960
|
|
|
$
|
6,230
|
|
|
$
|
5,369
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
|
|
3,803
|
|
|
|
3,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
1,212
|
|
|
$
|
555
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
$
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
6,043
|
|
|
$
|
12,334
|
|
|
$
|
23,800
|
|
|
$
|
35,246
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses (1)
|
|
|
5,083
|
|
|
|
8,075
|
|
|
|
17,865
|
|
|
|
22,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings
|
|
$
|
960
|
|
|
$
|
4,259
|
|
|
$
|
5,935
|
|
|
$
|
12,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating expenses include net
provisions for a number of litigation and regulatory proceedings
of $13 million and $35 million for the three months
ended August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, and
$26 million and $37 million for the nine months ended
August 2008 and August 2007, respectively, that have
not been allocated to our segments.
|
Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest
income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities
and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or
funding requirements of, such underlying positions. See
Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our business segments.
The cost drivers of Goldman Sachs taken as a whole
compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity are broadly similar in each of our business
segments. Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments
reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of Goldman
Sachs as well as the performance of individual business units.
Consequently,
pre-tax
margins in one segment of our business may be significantly
affected by the performance of our other business segments. The
timing and magnitude of changes in our bonus accruals can have a
significant effect on segment results in a given period. A
discussion of segment operating results follows.
85
Investment
Banking
Our Investment Banking segment is divided into two components:
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Advisory. Financial Advisory
includes advisory assignments with respect to mergers and
acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities,
restructurings and
spin-offs.
|
|
|
|
Underwriting. Underwriting includes public
offerings and private placements of a wide range of securities
and other financial instruments.
|
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Investment Banking segment:
Investment
Banking Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Financial Advisory
|
|
$
|
619
|
|
|
$
|
1,412
|
|
|
$
|
2,082
|
|
|
$
|
2,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity underwriting
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
1,080
|
|
|
|
979
|
|
Debt underwriting
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Underwriting
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
2,069
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
|
|
4,151
|
|
|
|
5,582
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
1,291
|
|
|
|
2,867
|
|
|
|
3,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
$
|
854
|
|
|
$
|
1,284
|
|
|
$
|
1,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our financial advisory and
underwriting transaction volumes:
Goldman Sachs
Global Investment Banking Volumes
(1)
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Announced mergers and acquisitions
|
|
$
|
287
|
|
|
$
|
371
|
|
|
$
|
798
|
|
|
$
|
1,182
|
|
Completed mergers and acquisitions
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
921
|
|
Equity and
equity-related
offerings (2)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Debt
offerings (3)
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Source: Thomson Reuters. Announced
and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full
credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and
equity-related
offerings and debt offerings are based on full credit for single
book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.
Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a
given period.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes Rule 144A and public
common stock offerings, convertible offerings and rights
offerings.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes non-convertible preferred
stock,
mortgage-backed
securities,
asset-backed
securities and taxable municipal debt. Includes publicly
registered and Rule 144A issues.
|
86
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Investment
Banking of $1.29 billion for the third quarter of 2008
decreased 40% compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Net revenues in Financial Advisory of $619 million
decreased 56% compared with a particularly strong third quarter
of 2007, primarily reflecting a decrease in industry-wide
completed mergers and acquisitions. Net revenues in our
Underwriting business of $675 million decreased 8% compared
with the third quarter of 2007, due to lower net revenues in
equity underwriting, primarily reflecting a decrease in
industry-wide initial public offerings. Net revenues in debt
underwriting were essentially unchanged from the third quarter
of 2007. Our investment banking transaction backlog increased
during the
quarter. (1)
Operating expenses of $772 million for the third quarter of
2008 decreased 40% compared with the third quarter of 2007, due
to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, resulting from
lower levels of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax
earnings of $522 million in the third quarter of 2008
decreased 39% compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Investment
Banking of $4.15 billion for the nine months ended
August 2008 decreased 26% compared with the same period
last year.
Net revenues in Financial Advisory of $2.08 billion
decreased 30% compared with the same period last year,
reflecting a decrease in industry-wide completed mergers and
acquisitions. Net revenues in our Underwriting business of
$2.07 billion decreased 20% compared with the same period
last year, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in debt
underwriting, partially offset by higher net revenues in equity
underwriting. The decline in debt underwriting was primarily due
to a decrease in leveraged finance and, to a lesser extent,
mortgage-related
activity, reflecting challenging market conditions.
Operating expenses of $2.87 billion for the first nine
months of 2008 decreased 25% compared with the same period last
year, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses,
resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax
earnings of $1.28 billion for the first nine months of 2008
decreased 27% compared with the same period last year.
Trading and
Principal Investments
Our Trading and Principal Investments segment is divided into
three components:
|
|
|
|
|
FICC. We make markets in and trade interest
rate and credit products,
mortgage-related
securities and loan products and other
asset-backed
instruments, currencies and commodities, structure and enter
into a wide variety of derivative transactions, and engage in
proprietary trading and investing.
|
|
|
|
Equities. We make markets in and trade
equities and
equity-related
products, structure and enter into equity derivative
transactions and engage in proprietary trading. We generate
commissions from executing and clearing client transactions on
major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide through our
Equities client franchise and clearing activities. We also
engage in specialist and insurance activities.
|
|
|
|
Principal Investments. We make real estate and
corporate principal investments, including our investment in the
ordinary shares of ICBC. We generate net revenues from returns
on these investments and from the increased share of the income
and gains derived from our merchant banking funds when the
return on a funds investments over the life of the fund
exceeds certain threshold returns (typically referred to as an
override).
|
(1) Our
investment banking transaction backlog represents an estimate of
our future net revenues from investment banking transactions
where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely
than not.
87
Substantially all of our inventory is
marked-to-market
daily and, therefore, its value and our net revenues are subject
to fluctuations based on market movements. In addition, net
revenues derived from our principal investments in privately
held concerns and in real estate may fluctuate significantly
depending on the revaluation of these investments in any given
period. We also regularly enter into large transactions as part
of our trading businesses. The number and size of such
transactions may affect our results of operations in a given
period.
Net revenues from Principal Investments do not include
management fees generated from our merchant banking funds. These
management fees are included in the net revenues of the Asset
Management and Securities Services segment.
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Trading and Principal Investments segment:
Trading and
Principal Investments Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
FICC
|
|
$
|
1,595
|
|
|
$
|
4,889
|
|
|
$
|
7,116
|
|
|
$
|
12,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equities trading
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
1,799
|
|
|
|
2,883
|
|
|
|
5,377
|
|
Equities commissions
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
3,680
|
|
|
|
3,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equities
|
|
|
1,562
|
|
|
|
3,129
|
|
|
|
6,563
|
|
|
|
8,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ICBC
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross gains
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
1,582
|
|
|
|
2,659
|
|
Gross losses
|
|
|
(1,485
|
)
|
|
|
(696
|
)
|
|
|
(2,097
|
)
|
|
|
(643
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net other corporate and real estate investments
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
Overrides
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Principal Investments
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
2,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
2,704
|
|
|
|
8,229
|
|
|
|
13,419
|
|
|
|
24,295
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
3,465
|
|
|
|
5,344
|
|
|
|
11,169
|
|
|
|
14,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(761
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,885
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
$
|
9,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Trading and
Principal Investments of $2.70 billion for the third
quarter of 2008 decreased 67% compared with the third quarter of
2007.
Net revenues in FICC of $1.60 billion decreased 67%
compared with a very strong third quarter of 2007, primarily
reflecting particularly weak results in credit products and
mortgages, which were adversely affected by
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments, particularly outside of the U.S., and
a loss of approximately $275 million (including hedges)
related to non-investment-grade credit origination activities.
Mortgages included net losses of approximately $500 million
on residential mortgage loans and securities and approximately
$325 million on commercial mortgage loans and securities.
Commodities produced strong results, which were higher compared
with the third quarter of 2007. Net revenues in currencies and
interest rate products were also strong, although essentially
unchanged from the third quarter of 2007. During the quarter,
FICC operated in an environment generally characterized by wider
mortgage and corporate credit spreads, volatile markets and
lower levels of client activity.
88
Net revenues in Equities of $1.56 billion decreased 50%
compared with a particularly strong third quarter of 2007.
During the quarter, Equities operated in a challenging
environment characterized by a significant decline in global
equity prices, deleveraging by clients and generally lower
client activity levels towards the end of the quarter. The
decline in net revenues in Equities reflected very weak results
in principal strategies. In addition, net revenues in
derivatives were significantly lower than a particularly strong
third quarter of 2007. Commissions were strong, but lower,
compared with the third quarter of 2007.
Principal Investments recorded a net loss of $453 million
for the third quarter of 2008. These results included losses
from corporate and real estate principal investments,
particularly outside of the U.S., partially offset by a
$106 million gain related to our investment in the ordinary
shares of ICBC.
Operating expenses of $3.47 billion for the third quarter
of 2008 decreased 35% compared with the third quarter of 2007,
due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, resulting
from lower levels of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax loss
was $761 million in the third quarter of 2008 compared with
pre-tax
earnings of $2.89 billion in the third quarter of 2007.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Trading and
Principal Investments of $13.42 billion for the first nine
months of 2008 decreased 45% compared with the same period last
year.
Net revenues in FICC of $7.12 billion decreased 45%
compared with the same period last year, as results were
adversely affected by weakness in the broader credit markets and
broad-based
declines in asset values. Credit products included very weak
results from investments and a loss of approximately
$2.1 billion (including hedges) related to
non-investment-grade
credit origination activities, partially offset by strong
franchise trading results. Mortgages included net losses of
approximately $1.6 billion on residential mortgage loans
and securities and approximately $700 million on commercial
mortgage loans and securities. Interest rate products,
currencies and commodities generated strong results and net
revenues were significantly higher than the same period last
year. During the first nine months of 2008, client activity
levels were generally solid, although activity levels declined
during our third quarter.
Net revenues in Equities of $6.56 billion decreased 25%
compared with the same period last year, principally due to
significantly lower results in principal strategies. The client
franchise businesses produced strong results and net revenues
were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of
2007. Commissions were strong and higher compared with the same
period last year. During the first nine months of 2008, Equities
operated in an environment generally characterized by
significantly lower equity prices, particularly in the third
quarter, and high levels of volatility. Client activity levels,
although generally solid, declined towards the end of our third
quarter, reflecting the challenging market environment.
Principal Investments recorded a net loss of $260 million
for the first nine months of 2008. These results included losses
from corporate principal investments, partially offset by a
$185 million gain related to our investment in the ordinary
shares of ICBC.
Operating expenses of $11.17 billion for the first nine
months of 2008 decreased 25% compared with the same period last
year, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses,
resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation. This
decrease was partially offset by higher
non-compensation
expenses. More than
one-half of
the increase in
non-compensation
expenses, excluding consolidated entities held for investment
purposes, was due to higher brokerage, clearing, exchange and
distribution fees.
Pre-tax
earnings of $2.25 billion for the first nine months of 2008
decreased 76% compared with the same period last year.
89
Asset
Management and Securities Services
Our Asset Management and Securities Services segment is divided
into two components:
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management. Asset Management provides
investment advisory and financial planning services and offers
investment products (primarily through separately managed
accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and
private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a
diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide and
primarily generates revenues in the form of management and
incentive fees.
|
|
|
|
Securities Services. Securities Services
provides prime brokerage services, financing services and
securities lending services to institutional clients, including
hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide, and generates revenues primarily in the
form of interest rate spreads or fees.
|
Assets under management typically generate fees as a percentage
of asset value, which is affected by investment performance and
by inflows or redemptions. The fees that we charge vary by asset
class, as do our related expenses. In certain circumstances, we
are also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a
percentage of a funds return or when the return on assets
under management exceeds specified benchmark returns or other
performance targets. Incentive fees are recognized when the
performance period ends and they are no longer subject to
adjustment. We have numerous incentive fee arrangements, many of
which have annual performance periods that end on
December 31. For that reason, incentive fees have been
seasonally weighted to our first quarter.
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Asset Management and Securities Services segment:
Asset Management
and Securities Services Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Management and other fees
|
|
$
|
1,115
|
|
|
$
|
1,152
|
|
|
$
|
3,391
|
|
|
$
|
3,169
|
|
Incentive fees
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Asset Management
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
3,607
|
|
|
|
3,325
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
|
2,623
|
|
|
|
2,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
2,045
|
|
|
|
1,960
|
|
|
|
6,230
|
|
|
|
5,369
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
|
|
3,803
|
|
|
|
3,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings
|
|
$
|
1,212
|
|
|
$
|
555
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
$
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets under management include our mutual funds, alternative
investment funds and separately managed accounts for
institutional and individual investors. Substantially all assets
under management are valued as of calendar month end. Assets
under management do not include assets in brokerage accounts
that generate commissions,
mark-ups and
spreads based on transactional activity, or our own investments
in funds that we manage.
90
The following table sets forth our assets under management by
asset class:
Assets Under
Management by Asset Class
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
November 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Alternative
investments (1)
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-money
market assets
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
Money markets
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets under management
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
796
|
|
|
$
|
868
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily includes hedge funds,
private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities and asset
allocation strategies.
|
The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in our
assets under management:
Changes in Assets
Under Management
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August 31,
|
|
Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
895
|
|
|
$
|
758
|
|
|
$
|
868
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternative investments
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
25
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-money
market net inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
Money markets
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
796
|
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Asset
Management and Securities Services of $2.05 billion for the
third quarter of 2008 increased 4% compared with the third
quarter of 2007.
Asset Management net revenues of $1.13 billion for the
third quarter of 2008 decreased 6% compared with the third
quarter of 2007, reflecting lower management and other fees as
well as lower incentive fees. The decrease in management and
other fees primarily reflected the impact of one fewer week in
our fiscal third quarter of 2008 compared with the third quarter
of 2007. During the quarter, assets under management decreased
$32 billion to $863 billion, due to $25 billion
of market depreciation, primarily in equity assets, and
$7 billion of net outflows. Net outflows reflected outflows
in equity and money market assets, partially offset by inflows
in alternative investment and fixed income assets.
Securities Services net revenues of $916 million increased
20% compared with the third quarter of 2007. Our prime brokerage
business continued to generate strong results and customer
balances were higher compared with the third quarter of 2007.
91
Operating expenses of $833 million for the third quarter of
2008 decreased 41% compared with the third quarter of 2007,
primarily due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses,
resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax
earnings were $1.21 billion for the third quarter of 2008
compared with $555 million for the third quarter of 2007.
Nine Months Ended August 2008 versus
August 2007. Net revenues in Asset
Management and Securities Services of $6.23 billion for the
first nine months of 2008 increased 16% compared with the same
period last year.
Asset Management net revenues of $3.61 billion increased 8%
compared with the same period last year, due to higher
management and other fees, reflecting higher average assets
under management, as well as higher incentive fees. During the
first nine months of 2008, assets under management decreased
$5 billion to $863 billion, due to $33 billion of
market depreciation, primarily in equity assets, partially
offset by $28 billion of net inflows. Net inflows primarily
reflected inflows in money market and fixed income assets,
partially offset by outflows in equity assets.
Securities Services net revenues of $2.62 billion increased
28% compared with the same period last year. Our prime brokerage
business continued to generate strong results and customer
balances were higher compared with the first nine months of 2007.
Operating expenses of $3.80 billion for the first nine
months of 2008 decreased 2% compared with the same period last
year, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses,
resulting from lower levels of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax
earnings of $2.43 billion for the first nine months of 2008
increased 65% compared with the same period last year.
Geographic
Data
See Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for a summary of our net revenues by geographic region.
Off-Balance-Sheet
Arrangements
We have various types of
off-balance-sheet
arrangements that we enter into in the ordinary course of
business. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many
different forms, including purchasing or retaining residual and
other interests in
mortgage-backed
and other
asset-backed
securitization vehicles; holding senior and subordinated debt,
interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and
common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles; entering into
interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit
derivatives, including total return swaps; entering into
operating leases; and providing guarantees, indemnifications,
loan commitments, letters of credit and representations and
warranties.
We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business
purposes, including the securitization of commercial and
residential mortgages, home equity and auto loans, government
and corporate bonds, and other types of financial assets. Other
reasons for entering into these arrangements include
underwriting client securitization transactions; providing
secondary market liquidity; making investments in performing and
nonperforming debt, equity, real estate and other assets;
providing investors with
credit-linked
and
asset-repackaged
notes; and receiving or providing letters of credit to satisfy
margin requirements and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement process.
We engage in transactions with variable interest entities (VIEs)
and qualifying
special-purpose
entities (QSPEs). Such vehicles are critical to the functioning
of several significant investor markets, including the
mortgage-backed
and other
asset-backed
securities markets, since they offer investors access to
specific cash flows and risks created through the securitization
process. Our financial interests in, and derivative transactions
with, such nonconsolidated entities are accounted for at fair
value, in the same manner as our other financial instruments,
except in cases where we apply the equity method of accounting.
92
While we are routinely involved with VIEs and QSPEs in
connection with our securitization activities, we did not have
off-balance-sheet
commitments to purchase or finance CDOs held by structured
investment vehicles as of August 2008 or November 2007.
In December 2007, the American Securitization Forum (ASF)
issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance
Framework for Securitized Subprime Adjustable Rate Mortgage
Loans (the ASF Framework). The ASF Framework
provides guidance for servicers to streamline borrower
evaluation procedures and to facilitate the use of foreclosure
and loss prevention measures for securitized subprime
residential mortgages that meet certain criteria. For certain
eligible loans as defined in the ASF Framework, servicers may
presume default is reasonably foreseeable and apply a
fast-track
loan modification plan, under which the loan interest rate will
be kept at the introductory rate for a period of five years
following the upcoming reset date. Mortgage loan modifications
of these eligible loans will not affect our accounting treatment
for QSPEs that hold the subprime loans.
The following table sets forth where a discussion of
off-balance-sheet
arrangements may be found in Part I, Items 1 and 2 of
this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q:
|
|
|
Type of Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangement
|
|
Disclosure in Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained interests or contingent interests in assets transferred
by us to nonconsolidated entities
|
|
See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in
Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
|
Leases, letters of credit, and loans and other commitments
|
|
See Contractual Obligations and
Commitments below and Note 6 to the condensed consolidated
financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in
Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
|
Other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising out
of variable interests we have in nonconsolidated entities
|
|
See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in
Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
See Critical Accounting Policies above
and Derivatives below and Notes 3 and 5
to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated
financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for a discussion of our consolidation policies.
Equity
Capital
The level and composition of our equity capital are principally
determined by our consolidated regulatory capital requirements
but may also be influenced by rating agency guidelines,
subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment,
conditions in the financial markets and assessments of potential
future losses due to extreme and adverse changes in our business
and market environments. As of August 2008, our total
shareholders equity was $45.60 billion (consisting of
common shareholders equity of $42.50 billion and
preferred stock of $3.10 billion) compared with total
shareholders equity of $42.80 billion as of
November 2007 (consisting of common shareholders
equity of $39.70 billion and preferred stock of
$3.10 billion). In addition to total shareholders
equity, we consider the $5.00 billion of junior
subordinated debt issued to trusts (see discussion below) to be
part of our equity capital, as it qualifies as capital for
regulatory and certain rating agency purposes.
93
Consolidated
Regulatory Capital Requirements
As of August 2008, Goldman Sachs was regulated by the SEC
as a CSE and, as such, was subject to
group-wide
supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital
adequacy standards on a consolidated basis. Tier 1 Capital
and Total Allowable Capital are stated as a percentage of
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs). As a CSE, Goldman Sachs was
required to notify the SEC in the event that the Total Capital
Ratio fell below 10% or was expected to do so within the next
month. As of August 2008, our Total Capital Ratio was
15.2%. Accordingly, Goldman Sachs was in compliance with the CSE
capital adequacy standards as of that date. There was no
required minimum Tier 1 Ratio. Tier 1 Capital and
Total Allowable Capital were calculated in a manner generally
consistent with that set out in the Revised Framework for the
International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
Standards issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
(Basel II). On September 21, 2008, Group Inc.
became a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve
Board under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, and
became subject to the Federal Reserves minimum capital
standards on a consolidated basis. Under the
risk-based
capital requirements for bank holding companies, the minimum
requirement for the ratio of Total Allowable Capital to Total
Risk-Weighted
Assets is 8%. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated
financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information.
Consolidated
Regulatory Capital Ratios
The following table sets forth additional information on our
regulatory capital ratios as of August 2008 and
May 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
May
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
I. Tier 1 and Total Allowable Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
42,499
|
|
|
$
|
41,718
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Less: Goodwill
|
|
|
(3,553
|
)
|
|
|
(3,530
|
)
|
Less: Disallowable intangible assets
|
|
|
(1,381
|
)
|
|
|
(1,460
|
)
|
Less: Other
deductions (1)
|
|
|
(1,537
|
)
|
|
|
(1,348
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 Capital
|
|
|
44,128
|
|
|
|
43,480
|
|
Other components of Total Allowable Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualifying subordinated
debt (2)
|
|
|
14,286
|
|
|
|
14,589
|
|
Less: Other
deductions (1)
|
|
|
(832
|
)
|
|
|
(943
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Allowable Capital
|
|
$
|
57,582
|
|
|
$
|
57,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II. Risk-Weighted Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market risk
|
|
$
|
187,147
|
|
|
$
|
206,072
|
|
Credit risk
|
|
|
154,518
|
|
|
|
158,042
|
|
Operational risk
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Risk-Weighted Assets
|
|
$
|
379,165
|
|
|
$
|
401,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III. Tier 1 Ratio
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
IV. Total Capital Ratio
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Principally included investments in
regulated insurance entities and certain financial service
entities (50% was deducted from both Tier 1 Capital and
Total Allowable Capital).
|
|
(2) |
|
Substantially all of our existing
subordinated debt qualified as Total Allowable Capital for CSE
purposes.
|
Our RWAs were driven by the amount of market risk, credit risk
and operational risk associated with our business activities, as
calculated by methodologies approved by the SEC, which are
generally consistent with those set out in Basel II. The
methodologies used to compute RWAs for each of market risk,
credit risk and operational risk are closely aligned with our
risk management practices. See
Market
Risk and
Credit
Risk below for a discussion of how we manage risks in
94
our trading and principal investing businesses. Further details
on the methodologies used to calculate RWAs are set forth below.
Risk-Weighted
Assets for Market Risk
For positions captured in VaR, RWAs were calculated using VaR
and other model-based measures, including requirements for
incremental default risk and other event risks. VaR is the
potential loss in value of trading positions due to adverse
market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified
confidence level. The SEC approved the use of our VaR model used
for internal risk management purposes to calculate RWAs for
trading positions. The requirements were calculated consistent
with the specific conditions set out in the Basel framework
(based on VaR calibrated to a 99% confidence level, over a
10-day
holding period, multiplied by a factor prescribed by the SEC).
Additional RWAs were calculated with respect to incremental
default risk and other event risks, in a manner generally
consistent with our internal risk management methodologies.
For positions not included in VaR because VaR is not the most
appropriate measure of risk, we calculated RWAs based on
alternative methodologies, including sensitivity analyses.
Risk-Weighted
Assets for Credit Risk
RWAs for credit risk were calculated for on- and off-balance
sheet exposures that were not captured in our market risk RWAs,
with the exception of OTC derivatives for which both market risk
and credit risk RWAs were calculated. The calculations were
consistent with the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB)
approach and the Internal Models Method (IMM) of Basel II,
and were based on Exposure at Default (EAD), which is an
estimate of the amount that would be owed to us at the time of a
default, multiplied by each counterpartys risk weight.
The SEC approved the use of the Basel II AIRB approach. Under
this approach, a counterpartys risk weight is generally
derived from a combination of the Probability of Default (PD),
the Loss Given Default (LGD), and the maturity of the trade or
portfolio of trades, where:
|
|
|
|
|
PD is an estimate of the probability that an obligor will
default over a
one-year
horizon. PD is derived from the use of internally determined
equivalents of public rating agency ratings.
|
|
|
|
LGD is an estimate of the economic loss rate if a default occurs
during economic downturn conditions. LGD is determined based on
industry data.
|
For OTC derivatives and funding trades (such as repurchase and
reverse repurchase transactions), the SEC approved the use of
the Basel II IMM approach, which allows EAD to be calculated
using model-based measures to determine potential exposure,
consistent with models and methodologies that we use for
internal risk management purposes. For commitments, EAD was
calculated as a percentage of the outstanding notional balance.
For other credit exposures, EAD was generally the carrying value
of the exposure.
Risk-Weighted
Assets for Operational Risk
RWAs for operational risk were calculated using a risk-based
methodology consistent with the qualitative and quantitative
criteria for the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), as defined
in Basel II. The methodology incorporated internal loss events,
relevant external loss events, results of scenario analyses and
managements assessment of our business environment and
internal controls. We estimated capital requirements for both
expected and unexpected losses, seeking to capture the major
drivers of operational risk over a
one-year
time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. Operational risk
capital is allocated among our businesses and is regularly
reported to senior management and key risk and oversight
committees. Given that the quantification of operational risk is
still in the early stages of development, the SEC required
Goldman Sachs to apply a floor to the capital requirements for
operational risk; the level of the floor was slightly higher
than the calculation based on the AMA methodology as of
August 2008.
95
Rating Agency
Guidelines
The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the
obligations of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which directly
issues or guarantees substantially all of Goldman Sachs
senior unsecured obligations. The level and composition of our
equity capital are among the many factors considered in
determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own
definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating
capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a
combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See
Liquidity and Funding Risk Credit
Ratings below for further information regarding our credit
ratings.
Subsidiary
Capital Requirements
Many of our subsidiaries are subject to separate regulation and
capital requirements in the
U.S. and/or
elsewhere. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Goldman Sachs
Execution & Clearing, L.P. are registered
U.S. broker-dealers
and futures commissions merchants, and are subject to regulatory
capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Chicago Board of
Trade, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA)
and the National Futures Association. Goldman Sachs
International, our regulated U.K.
broker-dealer,
is subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by the
U.K.s Financial Services Authority. Goldman Sachs Japan
Co., Ltd., our regulated Japanese
broker-dealer,
is subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by
Japans Financial Services Agency. GS Bank USA is a member
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and is subject to
the capital adequacy guidelines imposed by the Federal Reserve
Board. It is regulated by the State of Utah Department of
Financial Institutions and, as of September 26, 2008, the
Federal Reserve Board. See Notes 14 and 16 to the condensed
consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for further information. Goldman
Sachs Bank Europe PLC is subject to minimum capital requirements
imposed by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority.
Several other subsidiaries of Goldman Sachs are regulated by
securities, investment advisory, banking, insurance, and other
regulators and authorities around the world. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, these subsidiaries were
in compliance with their local capital requirements.
As discussed above, many of our subsidiaries are subject to
regulatory capital requirements in jurisdictions throughout the
world. Subsidiaries not subject to separate regulation may hold
capital to satisfy local tax guidelines, rating agency
requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or
internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum
amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its
underlying level of risk. See Liquidity and
Funding Risk Conservative Liability Structure
below for a discussion of our potential inability to access
funds from our subsidiaries.
Equity investments in subsidiaries are generally funded with
parent company equity capital. As of August 2008, Group
Inc.s equity investment in subsidiaries was
$39.53 billion compared with its total shareholders
equity of $45.60 billion.
Our capital invested in
non-U.S. subsidiaries
is generally exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all
of which is managed through a combination of derivative
contracts and
non-U.S.
denominated debt. In addition, we generally manage the
non-trading
exposure to foreign exchange risk that arises from transactions
denominated in currencies other than the transacting
entitys functional currency.
See Notes 14 and 16 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our regulated subsidiaries.
Equity Capital
Management
Our objective is to maintain a sufficient level and optimal
composition of equity capital. We manage our capital through
repurchases of our common stock and issuances of common and
preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and
other subordinated debt. We manage
96
our capital requirements principally by setting limits on
balance sheet assets
and/or
limits on risk, in each case at both the consolidated and
business unit levels. We attribute capital usage to each of our
business units based upon our regulatory capital framework and
manage the levels of usage based upon the balance sheet and risk
limits established.
Share Repurchase Program. We use our share
repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of
common equity and to substantially offset increases in share
count over time resulting from employee
share-based
compensation. The repurchase program is effected primarily
through regular
open-market
purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined
primarily by our current and projected capital positions
(i.e., comparisons of our desired level of capital to our
actual level of capital) but which may also be influenced by
general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading
volumes of our common stock.
The following table sets forth the level of share repurchases
for the three and nine months ended August 2008 and
August 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions, except per share amounts)
|
Number of shares repurchased
|
|
|
1.50
|
|
|
|
11.16
|
|
|
|
10.52
|
|
|
|
29.58
|
|
Total cost
|
|
$
|
271
|
|
|
$
|
2,449
|
|
|
$
|
2,035
|
|
|
$
|
6,272
|
|
Average cost per share
|
|
$
|
180.07
|
|
|
$
|
219.35
|
|
|
$
|
193.41
|
|
|
$
|
212.03
|
|
As of August 2008, we were authorized to repurchase up to
60.9 million additional shares of common stock pursuant to
our repurchase program. See Unregistered Sales of Equity
Securities and Use of Proceeds in Part II,
Item 2 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for additional information on our repurchase program.
Preferred Stock. As of August 2008,
Goldman Sachs had 124,000 shares of perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock issued and outstanding in four series as set
forth in the following table:
Preferred Stock
by Series
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Earliest
|
|
Redemption Value
|
Series
|
|
Issued
|
|
Authorized
|
|
Dividend Rate
|
|
Redemption Date
|
|
(in millions)
|
A
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 3.75% per annum
|
|
April 25, 2010
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
32,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
6.20% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.67%,
with floor of 4.00% per annum
|
|
May 24, 2011
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,000
|
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each share of preferred stock issued and outstanding has a par
value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is
represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at our
option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and
unpaid dividends. Dividends on each series of preferred stock,
if declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. Our ability to
declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire, our common stock is subject to certain restrictions in
the event that we fail to pay or set aside full dividends on our
preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period. All
series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference
over our common stock upon liquidation. Though we are not
required to replace any redeemed, defeased or purchased
outstanding preferred stock with other capital, it is our
current intention to redeem, defease or purchase any such
preferred stock only with the proceeds of replacement capital
securities, raised within 180 days prior to the applicable
redemption, defeasance or purchase date, that have terms and
conditions that are at least as
equity-like
at the time of replacement, as determined by a nationally
97
recognized rating agency in connection with such replacement, as
the preferred stock being redeemed, defeased or purchased;
provided, however, that none of the foregoing shall apply to any
transactions by any subsidiary in connection with any
market-making or other secondary market activities.
Subsequent to August 2008, we issued preferred and common
stock and warrants to purchase common stock. See Note 16 to
the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information.
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to Trusts in Connection with
Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital
Securities. In 2007, we issued $1.75 billion
of fixed rate junior subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital
II and $500 million of floating rate junior subordinated
debt to Goldman Sachs Capital III, Delaware statutory trusts
that, in turn, issued $2.25 billion of guaranteed perpetual
Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities (APEX) to third
parties and a de minimis amount of common securities to Goldman
Sachs. The junior subordinated debt is included in
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition. In connection with the APEX issuance, we
entered into stock purchase contracts with Goldman Sachs Capital
II and III under which we will be obligated to sell and these
entities will be obligated to purchase $2.25 billion of
perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock that we will issue in the future. Goldman Sachs
Capital II and III are required to remarket the junior
subordinated debt in order to fund their purchase of the
preferred stock, but in the event that a remarketing is
unsuccessful, they will relinquish the subordinated debt to us
in exchange for the preferred stock. Because of certain
characteristics of the junior subordinated debt (and the
associated APEX), including its
long-term
nature, the future issuance of perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock under the stock purchase contracts, our ability
to defer payments due on the debt and the subordinated nature of
the debt in our capital structure, it qualified as Tier 1
and Total Allowable Capital for CSE purposes and is included as
part of our equity capital.
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to a Trust in Connection with
Trust Preferred Securities. We issued
$2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in 2004 to
Goldman Sachs Capital I, a Delaware statutory trust that, in
turn, issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred
beneficial interests to third parties and $85 million of
common beneficial interests to Goldman Sachs. The junior
subordinated debentures are included in Unsecured
long-term
borrowings in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition. Because of certain characteristics of the
junior subordinated debt (and the associated trust preferred
securities), including its
long-term
nature, our ability to defer coupon interest for up to ten
consecutive
semi-annual
periods and the subordinated nature of the debt in our capital
structure, it qualified as Tier 1 and Total Allowable
Capital for CSE purposes and is included as part of our equity
capital.
Subordinated Debt. In addition to junior
subordinated debt issued to trusts, we had other outstanding
subordinated debt of $14.80 billion as of August 2008.
Although not part of our shareholders equity,
substantially all of our subordinated debt qualified as Total
Allowable Capital for CSE purposes.
98
Other Capital
Ratios and Metrics
The following table sets forth information on our assets,
shareholders equity, leverage ratios and book value per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
($ in millions, except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,119,796
|
|
Adjusted
assets (1)
|
|
|
621,574
|
|
|
|
747,300
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
45,599
|
|
|
|
42,800
|
|
Tangible equity
capital (2)
|
|
|
45,384
|
|
|
|
42,728
|
|
Leverage
ratio (3)
|
|
|
23.7
|
x
|
|
|
26.2
|
x
|
Adjusted leverage
ratio (4)
|
|
|
13.7
|
x
|
|
|
17.5
|
x
|
Debt to equity
ratio (5)
|
|
|
3.9
|
x
|
|
|
3.8
|
x
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
42,499
|
|
|
$
|
39,700
|
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity (6)
|
|
|
37,284
|
|
|
|
34,628
|
|
Book value per common
share (7)
|
|
$
|
99.30
|
|
|
$
|
90.43
|
|
Tangible book value per common
share (8)
|
|
|
87.11
|
|
|
|
78.88
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted assets excludes
(i) low-risk collateralized assets generally associated
with our matched book and securities lending businesses,
(ii) cash and securities we segregate for regulatory and
other purposes and (iii) goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets, excluding power contracts. We do not deduct
identifiable intangible assets associated with power contracts
from total assets in order to be consistent with the calculation
of tangible equity capital and the adjusted leverage ratio (see
footnote 2 below).
|
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total
assets to adjusted assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,081,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,119,796
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Securities borrowed
|
|
|
(302,676
|
)
|
|
|
(277,413
|
)
|
|
|
Financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell, at
fair value
|
|
|
(135,415
|
)
|
|
|
(85,717
|
)
|
Add:
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
186,441
|
|
|
|
215,023
|
|
|
|
Less derivative liabilities
|
|
|
(103,904
|
)
|
|
|
(99,378
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
82,537
|
|
|
|
115,645
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
(99,430
|
)
|
|
|
(119,939
|
)
|
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding power
contracts
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(5,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted assets
|
|
$
|
621,574
|
|
|
$
|
747,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Tangible equity capital equals
total shareholders equity and junior subordinated debt
issued to trusts less goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets, excluding power contracts. We do not deduct identifiable
intangible assets associated with power contracts from total
shareholders equity because, unlike other intangible
assets, less than 50% of these assets are supported by common
shareholders equity. We consider junior subordinated debt
issued to trusts to be a component of our tangible equity
capital base due to certain characteristics of the debt,
including its
long-term
nature, our ability to defer payments due on the debt and the
subordinated nature of the debt in our capital structure.
|
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total
shareholders equity to tangible equity capital:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
45,599
|
|
|
$
|
42,800
|
|
Add:
|
|
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding power
contracts
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(5,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible equity capital
|
|
$
|
45,384
|
|
|
$
|
42,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
The leverage ratio equals total
assets divided by total shareholders equity.
|
|
(4) |
|
The adjusted leverage ratio equals
adjusted assets divided by tangible equity capital. We believe
that the adjusted leverage ratio is a more meaningful measure of
our capital adequacy than the leverage ratio because it excludes
certain low-risk collateralized assets that are generally
supported with little or no capital and reflects the tangible
equity capital deployed in our businesses.
|
|
(5) |
|
The debt to equity ratio equals
unsecured
long-term
borrowings divided by total shareholders equity.
|
|
(6) |
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity equals total shareholders equity less preferred
stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding
power contracts. We do not deduct identifiable intangible assets
associated with power contracts from total shareholders
equity because, unlike other intangible assets, less than 50% of
these assets are supported by common shareholders equity.
|
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total
shareholders equity to tangible common shareholders
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
45,599
|
|
|
$
|
42,800
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
|
42,499
|
|
|
|
39,700
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding power
contracts
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(5,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible common shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
37,284
|
|
|
$
|
34,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Book value per common share is
based on common shares outstanding, including restricted stock
units granted to employees with no future service requirements,
of 428.0 million and 439.0 million as of
August 2008 and November 2007, respectively.
|
|
(8) |
|
Tangible book value per common
share is computed by dividing tangible common shareholders
equity by the number of common shares outstanding, including
restricted stock units granted to employees with no future
service requirements.
|
100
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Goldman Sachs has contractual obligations to make future
payments related to our unsecured
long-term
borrowings, secured
long-term
financings,
long-term
noncancelable lease agreements and purchase obligations and has
commitments under a variety of commercial arrangements.
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations by
fiscal maturity date as of August 2008:
Contractual
Obligations
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
2009-
|
|
2011-
|
|
2013-
|
|
|
|
|
of 2008
|
|
2010
|
|
2012
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
Unsecured
long-term
borrowings (1)(2)(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,859
|
|
|
$
|
29,230
|
|
|
$
|
126,278
|
|
|
$
|
176,367
|
|
Secured
long-term
financings (1)(2)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,706
|
|
|
|
10,124
|
|
|
|
12,779
|
|
|
|
25,609
|
|
Contractual interest
payments (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,620
|
|
|
|
15,390
|
|
|
|
53,859
|
|
|
|
87,869
|
|
Insurance
liabilities (6)
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
|
5,988
|
|
|
|
8,050
|
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
2,017
|
|
|
|
3,638
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
1,193
|
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Obligations maturing within one
year of our financial statement date or redeemable within one
year of our financial statement date at the option of the holder
are excluded from this table and are treated as
short-term
obligations. See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated
financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our secured financings.
|
|
(2) |
|
Obligations that are repayable
prior to maturity at the option of Goldman Sachs are reflected
at their contractual maturity dates. Obligations that are
redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes $21.49 billion
accounted for at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or SFAS
No. 159, primarily consisting of hybrid financial
instruments and prepaid physical commodity transactions.
|
|
(4) |
|
These obligations are reported
within Other secured financings in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition and include
$10.83 billion accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 159.
|
|
(5) |
|
Represents estimated future
interest payments related to unsecured
long-term
borrowings and secured
long-term
financings based on applicable interest rates as of
August 2008. Includes stated coupons, if any, on structured
notes.
|
|
(6) |
|
Represents estimated undiscounted
payments related to future benefits and unpaid claims arising
from policies associated with our insurance activities,
excluding separate accounts and recoveries under reinsurance
contracts.
|
As of August 2008, our unsecured
long-term
borrowings were $176.37 billion, with maturities extending
to 2043, and consisted principally of senior borrowings. See
Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our unsecured
long-term
borrowings.
As of August 2008, our future minimum rental payments, net
of minimum sublease rentals, under noncancelable leases were
$3.64 billion. These lease commitments, principally for
office space, expire on various dates through 2069. Certain
agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for
increases in real estate taxes and other charges. See
Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our leases.
Our occupancy expenses include costs associated with office
space held in excess of our current requirements. This excess
space, the cost of which is charged to earnings as incurred, is
being held for potential growth or to replace currently occupied
space that we may exit in the future. We regularly evaluate our
current and future space capacity in relation to current and
projected staffing levels. We may incur exit costs in the future
to the extent we (i) reduce our space capacity or
(ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties in the locations
in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of existing space
that had been held for potential growth. These exit costs may be
material to our results of operations in a given period.
101
As of August 2008, included in purchase obligations was
$768 million related to our offer to repurchase auction
rate securities, a $760 million commitment to purchase
mortgage loan and servicing assets and $480 million of
construction-related obligations. Our construction-related
obligations include commitments of $337 million related to
our new world headquarters in New York City, which is expected
to cost between $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion. We have
partially financed this construction project with
$1.65 billion of
tax-exempt
Liberty Bonds.
Due to the uncertainty of the timing and amounts that will
ultimately be paid, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits
has been excluded from the above contractual obligations table.
See Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information on FIN 48.
The following table sets forth our commitments as of
August 2008:
Commitments
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment Amount by Fiscal Period of Expiration
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
2009-
|
|
2011-
|
|
2013-
|
|
|
|
|
of 2008
|
|
2010
|
|
2012
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
Commitments to extend credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial lending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment-grade
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
6,811
|
|
|
$
|
3,214
|
|
|
$
|
2,914
|
|
|
$
|
14,051
|
|
Non-investment-grade
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
2,700
|
|
|
|
4,594
|
|
|
|
5,834
|
|
|
|
13,523
|
|
William Street program
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
4,461
|
|
|
|
16,237
|
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
24,456
|
|
Warehouse financing
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments to extend
credit (1)
|
|
|
3,463
|
|
|
|
15,886
|
|
|
|
24,045
|
|
|
|
11,409
|
|
|
|
54,803
|
|
Forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements
|
|
|
35,906
|
|
|
|
5,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,037
|
|
Forward starting repurchase and securities lending agreements
|
|
|
7,015
|
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,839
|
|
Commitments under letters of credit issued by banks to
counterparties
|
|
|
6,629
|
|
|
|
2,814
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
Investment commitments
|
|
|
2,287
|
|
|
|
10,491
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
13,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
55,300
|
|
|
$
|
41,146
|
|
|
$
|
24,625
|
|
|
$
|
12,268
|
|
|
$
|
133,339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Commitments to extend credit are
net of amounts syndicated to third parties.
|
Our commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to
counterparties that have fixed termination dates and are
contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions to borrowing
set forth in the contract. In connection with our lending
activities, we had outstanding commitments to extend credit of
$54.80 billion as of August 2008. Since these
commitments may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the
counterpartys request, the total commitment amount does
not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow
requirements. Our commercial lending commitments are generally
extended in connection with contingent acquisition financing and
other types of corporate lending as well as commercial real
estate financing. We may seek to reduce our credit risk on these
commitments by syndicating all or substantial portions of
commitments to other investors in the future. In addition,
commitments that are extended for contingent acquisition
financing are often intended to be short term in nature, as
borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources.
102
Included within non-investment-grade commitments as of
August 2008 was $2.91 billion of exposure to leveraged
lending capital market transactions, $293 million related
to commercial real estate transactions and $10.32 billion
arising from other unfunded credit facilities. Including funded
loans, our total exposure to leveraged lending capital market
transactions was $9.54 billion as of August 2008.
The following table sets forth our exposure to leveraged lending
capital market transactions by geographic region:
Leveraged Lending
Capital Market Exposure by Geographic Region
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
|
Funded
|
|
Unfunded
|
|
Total
|
Americas (1)
|
|
$
|
3,283
|
|
|
$
|
2,436
|
|
|
$
|
5,719
|
|
EMEA (2)
|
|
|
2,817
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,633
|
|
|
$
|
2,911
|
|
|
$
|
9,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all relates to the
U.S.
|
|
(2) |
|
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and
Africa).
|
Substantially all of the commitments provided under the William
Street credit extension program are to investment-grade
corporate borrowers. Commitments under the program are extended
by William Street Commitment Corporation (Commitment Corp.), a
consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets
and liabilities are legally separated from other assets and
liabilities of Goldman Sachs, William Street Credit Corporation,
GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. or other
consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries of Group Inc. The
commitments extended by Commitment Corp. are supported, in part,
by funding raised by William Street Funding Corporation (Funding
Corp.), another consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group
Inc. whose assets and liabilities are also legally separated
from other assets and liabilities of Goldman Sachs. With respect
to most of the William Street commitments, SMFG provides us with
credit loss protection that is generally limited to 95% of the
first loss we realize on approved loan commitments, up to a
maximum of $1.00 billion. In addition, subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions, upon our request, SMFG will
provide protection for 70% of the second loss on such
commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion. We also use
other financial instruments to mitigate credit risks related to
certain William Street commitments not covered by SMFG.
Our commitments to extend credit also include financing for the
warehousing of financial assets. These arrangements are secured
by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of corporate bank
loans and commercial mortgages as of August 2008.
See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our commitments, contingencies
and guarantees.
103
Market
Risk
The potential for changes in the market value of our trading and
investing positions is referred to as market risk. Such
positions result from market-making, proprietary trading,
underwriting, specialist and investing activities. Substantially
all of our inventory positions are
marked-to-market
on a daily basis and changes are recorded in net revenues.
Categories of market risk include exposures to interest rates,
equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. A
description of each market risk category is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate risks primarily result from exposures to changes
in the level, slope and curvature of the yield curve, the
volatility of interest rates, mortgage prepayment speeds and
credit spreads.
|
|
|
|
Equity price risks result from exposures to changes in prices
and volatilities of individual equities, equity baskets and
equity indices.
|
|
|
|
Currency rate risks result from exposures to changes in spot
prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates.
|
|
|
|
Commodity price risks result from exposures to changes in spot
prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as
electricity, natural gas, crude oil, petroleum products, and
precious and base metals.
|
We seek to manage these risks by diversifying exposures,
controlling position sizes and establishing economic hedges in
related securities or derivatives. For example, we may hedge a
portfolio of common stocks by taking an offsetting position in a
related
equity-index
futures contract. The ability to manage an exposure may,
however, be limited by adverse changes in the liquidity of the
security or the related hedge instrument and in the correlation
of price movements between the security and related hedge
instrument.
In addition to applying business judgment, senior management
uses a number of quantitative tools to manage our exposure to
market risk for Financial instruments owned, at fair
value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. These tools include:
|
|
|
|
|
risk limits based on a summary measure of market risk exposure
referred to as VaR;
|
|
|
|
scenario analyses, stress tests and other analytical tools that
measure the potential effects on our trading net revenues of
various market events, including, but not limited to, a large
widening of credit spreads, a substantial decline in equity
markets and significant moves in selected emerging markets; and
|
|
|
|
inventory position limits for selected business units.
|
VaR
VaR is the potential loss in value of trading positions due to
adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a
specified confidence level.
For the VaR numbers reported below, a
one-day time
horizon and a 95% confidence level were used. This means that
there is a 1 in 20 chance that daily trading net revenues will
fall below the expected daily trading net revenues by an amount
at least as large as the reported VaR. Thus, shortfalls from
expected trading net revenues on a single trading day greater
than the reported VaR would be anticipated to occur, on average,
about once a month. Shortfalls on a single day can exceed
reported VaR by significant amounts. Shortfalls can also
accumulate over a longer time horizon such as a number of
consecutive trading days.
104
The modeling of the risk characteristics of our trading
positions involves a number of assumptions and approximations.
While we believe that these assumptions and approximations are
reasonable, there is no standard methodology for estimating VaR,
and different assumptions
and/or
approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates.
We use historical data to estimate our VaR and, to better
reflect current asset volatilities, we generally weight
historical data to give greater importance to more recent
observations. Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most
effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there
are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market
conditions. An inherent limitation of VaR is that the
distribution of past changes in market risk factors may not
produce accurate predictions of future market risk. Different
VaR methodologies and distributional assumptions could produce a
materially different VaR. Moreover, VaR calculated for a
one-day time
horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that
cannot be liquidated or offset with hedges within one day.
The following tables set forth the daily VaR:
Average Daily VaR
(1)
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average for the
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended August
|
|
Ended August
|
Risk Categories
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Interest rates
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
Equity prices
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Currency rates
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Commodity prices
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Diversification
effect (2)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
181
|
|
|
$
|
139
|
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Certain portfolios and individual
positions are not included in VaR, where VaR is not the most
appropriate measure of risk (e.g., due to transfer
restrictions
and/or
illiquidity). See Other Market Risk
Measures below.
|
|
(2) |
|
Equals the difference between total
VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This
effect arises because the four market risk categories are not
perfectly correlated.
|
Our average daily VaR increased to $181 million for the
third quarter of 2008 from $139 million for the third
quarter of 2007, principally due to increases in the interest
rate and commodity price categories, partially offset by a
decrease in the equity price category. The increase in interest
rates was primarily due to higher levels of volatility and wider
spreads, partially offset by position reductions, and the
increase in commodity prices was primarily due to higher levels
of volatility. The decrease in equity prices was principally due
to position reductions.
VaR excludes the impact of changes in counterparty and our own
credit spreads on derivatives as well as changes in our own
credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value
option was elected. The estimated sensitivity of our net
revenues to a one basis point increase in credit spreads
(counterparty and our own) on derivatives was $4 million as
of August 2008. In addition, the estimated sensitivity of
our net revenues to a one basis point increase in our own credit
spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option
was elected was $2 million (including hedges) as of
August 2008.
105
Daily VaR
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
August
|
|
May
|
|
August 2008
|
Risk Categories
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
Interest rates
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
|
$
|
129
|
|
Equity prices
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Currency rates
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Commodity prices
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Diversification
effect (1)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
201
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Equals the difference between total
VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This
effect arises because the four market risk categories are not
perfectly correlated.
|
Our daily VaR decreased to $159 million as of
August 2008 from $194 million as of May 2008. The
decrease was due to lower exposures across all risk categories,
partially offset by higher market volatility and wider spreads.
Daily VaR
($ in
millions)
106
Trading Net
Revenues Distribution
The following chart sets forth the frequency distribution of our
daily trading net revenues for substantially all inventory
positions included in VaR for the quarter ended August 2008:
Daily Trading Net
Revenues
($ in
millions)
As part of our overall risk control process, daily trading net
revenues are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the
prior business day. Trading losses incurred on a single day
exceeded our 95%
one-day VaR
on two occasions during the third quarter of 2008.
Other Market
Risk Measures
Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in
VaR, where VaR is not the most appropriate measure of risk
(e.g., due to transfer restrictions
and/or
illiquidity). The market risk related to our investment in the
ordinary shares of ICBC, excluding interests held by investment
funds managed by Goldman Sachs, is measured by estimating the
potential reduction in net revenues associated with a 10%
decline in the ICBC ordinary share price. The market risk
related to the remaining positions is measured by estimating the
potential reduction in net revenues associated with a 10%
decline in asset values.
The sensitivity analyses for equity and debt positions in our
trading portfolio and equity, debt (primarily mezzanine
instruments) and real estate positions in our
non-trading
portfolio are measured by the impact of a decline in the asset
values (including the impact of leverage in the underlying
investments for real estate positions in our
non-trading
portfolio) of such positions. The fair value of the underlying
positions may be impacted by factors such as transactions in
similar instruments, completed or pending
third-party
transactions in the underlying investment or comparable
entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and
other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in
the equity or debt capital markets, and changes in financial
ratios or cash flows.
107
The following table sets forth market risk for positions not
included in VaR. These measures do not reflect diversification
benefits across asset categories and, given the differing
likelihood of the potential declines in asset categories, these
measures have not been aggregated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10% Sensitivity
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as of
|
Asset Categories
|
|
10% Sensitivity Measure
|
|
August 2008
|
|
May 2008
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Trading Risk
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
$
|
1,060
|
|
|
$
|
1,102
|
|
Debt
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading
Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ICBC
|
|
ICBC ordinary share price
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
Other Equity
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
Debt
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
Real
Estate (2)
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
1,399
|
|
|
|
1,369
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In addition to the positions in
these portfolios, which are accounted for at fair value, we make
investments accounted for under the equity method and we also
make direct investments in real estate, both of which are
included in Other assets in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition. Direct
investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less
accumulated depreciation. See Note 10 to the condensed
consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of
this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for information on Other assets.
|
|
(2) |
|
Relates to interests in our real
estate investment funds.
|
The decrease in our 10% sensitivity measures as of
August 2008 from May 2008 for equity and debt positions in
our trading portfolio was primarily due to a decrease in the
fair value of the portfolio. The increase in our 10% sensitivity
measure as of August 2008 from May 2008 for debt positions
in our
non-trading
portfolio was primarily due to new investments.
In addition, as of August 2008, we held approximately
$15.58 billion of financial instruments in our bank and
insurance subsidiaries, primarily consisting of
$5.53 billion of money market instruments,
$3.42 billion of mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities, $3.34 billion of
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign obligations,
$2.62 billion of corporate debt securities and other debt
obligations, and $537 million of bank loans. In addition,
as of August 2008, in GS Bank USA we had $2.87 billion
of outstanding lending commitments outside of the William Street
credit extension program. As of May 2008, we held
approximately $13.96 billion of financial instruments in
our bank and insurance subsidiaries, consisting of
$4.34 billion of money market instruments,
$4.00 billion of mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities, $2.72 billion of
U.S. government, federal agency and sovereign obligations,
and $2.90 billion of corporate debt securities and other
debt obligations. In addition, as of May 2008, in GS Bank
USA we had $3.60 billion of outstanding lending commitments
outside of the William Street credit extension program.
Credit
Risk
Credit risk represents the loss that we would incur if a
counterparty or an issuer of securities or other instruments we
hold fails to perform under its contractual obligations to us,
or upon a deterioration in the credit quality of third parties
whose securities or other instruments, including OTC
derivatives, we hold. Our exposure to credit risk principally
arises through our trading, investing and financing activities.
To reduce our credit exposures, we seek to enter into netting
agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset
receivables and payables with such counterparties. In addition,
we attempt to further reduce credit risk with certain
counterparties by (i) entering into agreements that enable
us to obtain collateral from a counterparty on an upfront or
contingent basis, (ii) seeking
third-party
guarantees of the counterpartys obligations,
and/or
(iii) transferring our credit risk to third parties using
credit derivatives
and/or other
structures and techniques.
108
To measure and manage our credit exposures, we use a variety of
tools, including credit limits referenced to both current
exposure and potential exposure. Potential exposure is generally
based on projected worst-case market movements over the life of
a transaction. In addition, as part of our market risk
management process, for positions measured by changes in credit
spreads, we use VaR and other sensitivity measures. To
supplement our primary credit exposure measures, we also use
scenario analyses, such as credit spread widening scenarios,
stress tests and other quantitative tools.
Our global credit management systems monitor credit exposure to
individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to
counterparties and their affiliates. These systems also provide
management, including the Firmwide Risk and Credit Policy
Committees, with information regarding credit risk by product,
industry sector, country and region.
While our activities expose us to many different industries and
counterparties, we routinely execute a high volume of
transactions with counterparties in the financial services
industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks,
investment funds and other institutional clients, resulting in
significant credit concentration with respect to this industry.
In the ordinary course of business, we may also be subject to a
concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty,
borrower or issuer.
As of August 2008 and November 2007, we held
$58.36 billion (5% of total assets) and $45.75 billion
(4% of total assets), respectively, of U.S. government and
federal agency obligations included in Financial
instruments owned, at fair value and Cash and
securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes in
the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. As
of August 2008 and November 2007, we held
$29.22 billion (3% of total assets) and $31.65 billion
(3% of total assets), respectively, of other sovereign
obligations, principally consisting of securities issued by the
governments of Japan and the United Kingdom. In addition, as of
August 2008 and November 2007, $163.65 billion
and $144.92 billion of our financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell and securities borrowed (including
those in Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and
other purposes), respectively, were collateralized by
U.S. government and federal agency obligations. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, $54.73 billion and
$41.26 billion of our financial instruments purchased under
agreements to resell and securities borrowed, respectively, were
collateralized by other sovereign obligations. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, we did not have credit
exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of our total
assets. However, over the past several years, the amount and
duration of our credit exposures have been increasing, due to,
among other factors, the growth of our lending and OTC
derivative activities and market evolution toward longer-dated
transactions. A further discussion of our derivative activities
follows below.
Derivatives
Derivative contracts are instruments, such as futures, forwards,
swaps or option contracts, that derive their value from
underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a combination of
these factors. Derivative instruments may be privately
negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Substantially all of our derivative transactions are entered
into to facilitate client transactions, to take proprietary
positions or as a means of risk management. In addition to
derivative transactions entered into for trading purposes, we
enter into derivative contracts to manage currency exposure on
our net investment in
non-U.S. operations
and to manage the interest rate and currency exposure on our
long-term
borrowings and certain
short-term
borrowings.
Derivatives are used in many of our businesses, and we believe
that the associated market risk can only be understood relative
to all of the underlying assets or risks being hedged, or as
part of a broader trading strategy. Accordingly, the market risk
of derivative positions is managed together with our
nonderivative positions.
109
The fair value of our derivative contracts is reflected net of
cash paid or received pursuant to credit support agreements and
is reported on a
net-by-counterparty
basis in our condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition when we believe a legal right of setoff exists under
an enforceable netting agreement. For an OTC derivative, our
credit exposure is directly with our counterparty and continues
until the maturity or termination of such contract.
The following tables set forth the fair values of our OTC
derivative assets and liabilities by product and by remaining
contractual maturity:
OTC
Derivatives
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
9,954
|
|
|
$
|
9,652
|
|
|
$
|
55,821
|
|
|
$
|
35,236
|
|
|
$
|
41,507
|
|
|
$
|
152,170
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
17,313
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
|
|
10,389
|
|
|
|
5,259
|
|
|
|
2,916
|
|
|
|
41,189
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
9,252
|
|
|
|
4,247
|
|
|
|
19,320
|
|
|
|
1,329
|
|
|
|
1,943
|
|
|
|
36,091
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
7,274
|
|
|
|
5,584
|
|
|
|
2,510
|
|
|
|
4,237
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
20,315
|
|
Netting across contract
types (2)
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
(1,154
|
)
|
|
|
(4,546
|
)
|
|
|
(2,013
|
)
|
|
|
(809
|
)
|
|
|
(10,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
42,029
|
|
|
$
|
23,641
|
|
|
$
|
83,494
|
|
|
$
|
44,048
|
|
|
$
|
46,267
|
|
|
$
|
239,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross maturity
netting (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,347
|
)
|
Cash collateral
netting (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(98,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
107,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
10,402
|
|
|
$
|
3,791
|
|
|
$
|
23,949
|
|
|
$
|
12,688
|
|
|
$
|
20,415
|
|
|
$
|
71,245
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
16,420
|
|
|
|
3,822
|
|
|
|
9,178
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
|
|
33,375
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
10,230
|
|
|
|
5,456
|
|
|
|
15,397
|
|
|
|
2,974
|
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
34,833
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
5,017
|
|
|
|
4,637
|
|
|
|
2,301
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
18,723
|
|
Netting across contract
types (2)
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
(1,154
|
)
|
|
|
(4,546
|
)
|
|
|
(2,013
|
)
|
|
|
(809
|
)
|
|
|
(10,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
41,808
|
|
|
$
|
16,932
|
|
|
$
|
48,615
|
|
|
$
|
18,700
|
|
|
$
|
21,835
|
|
|
$
|
147,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross maturity
netting (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,347
|
)
|
Cash collateral
netting (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,262
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
88,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes credit derivatives.
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents the netting of
receivable balances with payable balances for the same
counterparty across contract types within a maturity category,
pursuant to credit support agreements.
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents the netting of
receivable balances with payable balances for the same
counterparty across maturity categories, pursuant to credit
support agreements.
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents the netting of cash
collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis pursuant
to credit support agreements.
|
110
OTC
Derivatives
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
10,382
|
|
|
$
|
10,242
|
|
|
$
|
23,000
|
|
|
$
|
22,520
|
|
|
$
|
47,591
|
|
|
$
|
113,735
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
16,994
|
|
|
|
4,797
|
|
|
|
9,275
|
|
|
|
5,106
|
|
|
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
38,299
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
4,712
|
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
|
21,762
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
11,213
|
|
|
|
4,702
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
|
|
1,603
|
|
|
|
27,103
|
|
Netting across contract
types (2)
|
|
|
(1,501
|
)
|
|
|
(960
|
)
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
(1,975
|
)
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
|
|
(10,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
41,800
|
|
|
$
|
21,102
|
|
|
$
|
44,957
|
|
|
$
|
31,690
|
|
|
$
|
51,114
|
|
|
$
|
190,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross maturity
netting (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,540
|
)
|
Cash collateral
netting (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
92,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
11,362
|
|
|
$
|
6,710
|
|
|
$
|
21,673
|
|
|
$
|
13,743
|
|
|
$
|
25,404
|
|
|
$
|
78,892
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
14,205
|
|
|
|
3,559
|
|
|
|
9,815
|
|
|
|
1,446
|
|
|
|
1,772
|
|
|
|
30,797
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
5,883
|
|
|
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
9,690
|
|
|
|
2,757
|
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
22,474
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
8,357
|
|
|
|
7,723
|
|
|
|
3,833
|
|
|
|
1,382
|
|
|
|
32,469
|
|
Netting across contract
types (2)
|
|
|
(1,501
|
)
|
|
|
(960
|
)
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
(1,975
|
)
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
|
|
(10,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
41,123
|
|
|
$
|
21,304
|
|
|
$
|
44,207
|
|
|
$
|
19,804
|
|
|
$
|
27,958
|
|
|
$
|
154,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross maturity
netting (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,540
|
)
|
Cash collateral
netting (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,758
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
87,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes credit derivatives.
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents the netting of
receivable balances with payable balances for the same
counterparty across contract types within a maturity category,
pursuant to credit support agreements.
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents the netting of
receivable balances with payable balances for the same
counterparty across maturity categories, pursuant to credit
support agreements.
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents the netting of cash
collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis pursuant
to credit support agreements.
|
We enter into certain OTC option transactions that provide us or
our counterparties with the right to extend the maturity of the
underlying contract. The fair value of these option contracts is
not material to the aggregate fair value of our OTC derivative
portfolio. In the tables above, for option contracts that
require settlement by delivery of an underlying derivative
instrument, the remaining contractual maturity is generally
classified based upon the maturity date of the underlying
derivative instrument. In those instances where the underlying
instrument does not have a maturity date or either counterparty
has the right to settle in cash, the remaining contractual
maturity is generally based upon the option expiration date.
111
The following tables set forth the distribution, by credit
rating, of our exposure with respect to OTC derivatives by
remaining contractual maturity, both before and after
consideration of the effect of collateral and netting
agreements. The categories shown reflect our internally
determined public rating agency equivalents:
OTC Derivative
Credit Exposure
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure
|
Credit Rating
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net of
|
Equivalent
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Netting (1)
|
|
Exposure
|
|
Collateral
|
|
AAA/Aaa
|
|
$
|
2,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,541
|
|
|
$
|
5,992
|
|
|
$
|
2,517
|
|
|
$
|
2,582
|
|
|
$
|
15,447
|
|
|
$
|
(4,092
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,355
|
|
|
$
|
8,541
|
|
AA/Aa2
|
|
|
12,911
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
33,067
|
|
|
|
20,568
|
|
|
|
19,482
|
|
|
|
95,924
|
|
|
|
(65,310
|
)
|
|
|
30,614
|
|
|
|
27,561
|
|
A/A2
|
|
|
11,852
|
|
|
|
6,006
|
|
|
|
21,998
|
|
|
|
10,943
|
|
|
|
13,932
|
|
|
|
64,731
|
|
|
|
(35,583
|
)
|
|
|
29,148
|
|
|
|
21,791
|
|
BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
7,186
|
|
|
|
2,403
|
|
|
|
12,049
|
|
|
|
5,437
|
|
|
|
8,089
|
|
|
|
35,164
|
|
|
|
(20,272
|
)
|
|
|
14,892
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
BB/Ba2 or lower
|
|
|
6,311
|
|
|
|
3,187
|
|
|
|
9,433
|
|
|
|
4,231
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
25,201
|
|
|
|
(6,730
|
)
|
|
|
18,471
|
|
|
|
10,514
|
|
Unrated
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
3,012
|
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
2,874
|
|
|
|
1,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,029
|
|
|
$
|
23,641
|
|
|
$
|
83,494
|
|
|
$
|
44,048
|
|
|
$
|
46,267
|
|
|
$
|
239,479
|
|
|
$
|
(132,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
107,354
|
|
|
$
|
80,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of November 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure
|
Credit Rating
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net of
|
Equivalent
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Netting (1)
|
|
Exposure
|
|
Collateral
|
|
AAA/Aaa
|
|
$
|
4,013
|
|
|
$
|
2,037
|
|
|
$
|
3,354
|
|
|
$
|
2,893
|
|
|
$
|
7,875
|
|
|
$
|
20,172
|
|
|
$
|
(3,489
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,683
|
|
|
$
|
14,596
|
|
AA/Aa2
|
|
|
14,696
|
|
|
|
7,583
|
|
|
|
14,339
|
|
|
|
13,184
|
|
|
|
22,708
|
|
|
|
72,510
|
|
|
|
(43,948
|
)
|
|
|
28,562
|
|
|
|
24,419
|
|
A/A2
|
|
|
11,589
|
|
|
|
4,670
|
|
|
|
13,380
|
|
|
|
10,012
|
|
|
|
15,133
|
|
|
|
54,784
|
|
|
|
(34,042
|
)
|
|
|
20,742
|
|
|
|
16,189
|
|
BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
3,231
|
|
|
|
1,056
|
|
|
|
5,774
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
2,777
|
|
|
|
14,545
|
|
|
|
(4,649
|
)
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
6,558
|
|
BB/Ba2 or lower
|
|
|
4,969
|
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
|
|
5,676
|
|
|
|
3,347
|
|
|
|
2,541
|
|
|
|
18,881
|
|
|
|
(5,185
|
)
|
|
|
13,696
|
|
|
|
7,478
|
|
Unrated
|
|
|
3,302
|
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
9,771
|
|
|
|
(7,277
|
)
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
1,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
41,800
|
|
|
$
|
21,102
|
|
|
$
|
44,957
|
|
|
$
|
31,690
|
|
|
$
|
51,114
|
|
|
$
|
190,663
|
|
|
$
|
(98,590
|
)
|
|
$
|
92,073
|
|
|
$
|
70,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable
balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories
and the netting of cash collateral received, pursuant to credit
support agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the
same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted
within such maturity category, where appropriate.
|
Derivative transactions may also involve legal risks including
the risk that they are not authorized or appropriate for a
counterparty, that documentation has not been properly executed
or that executed agreements may not be enforceable against the
counterparty. We attempt to minimize these risks by obtaining
advice of counsel on the enforceability of agreements as well as
on the authority of a counterparty to effect the derivative
transaction. In addition, certain derivative transactions
(e.g., credit derivative contracts) involve the risk that
we may have difficulty obtaining, or be unable to obtain, the
underlying security or obligation in order to satisfy any
physical settlement requirement.
112
Liquidity and
Funding Risk
Liquidity is of critical importance to companies in the
financial services sector. Most failures of financial
institutions have occurred in large part due to insufficient
liquidity resulting from adverse circumstances. Accordingly,
Goldman Sachs has in place a comprehensive set of liquidity and
funding policies that are intended to maintain significant
flexibility to address both Goldman Sachs-specific and broader
industry or market liquidity events. Our principal objective is
to be able to fund Goldman Sachs and to enable our core
businesses to continue to generate revenues, even under adverse
circumstances.
We have implemented a number of policies according to the
following liquidity risk management framework:
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Liquidity We maintain substantial excess
liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows in a
stressed environment, including financing obligations.
|
|
|
|
Asset-Liability
Management We seek to maintain secured and unsecured
funding sources that are sufficiently
long-term in
order to withstand a prolonged or severe liquidity-stressed
environment without having to rely on asset sales.
|
|
|
|
Conservative Liability Structure We seek to access
funding across a diverse range of markets, products and
counterparties, emphasize less credit-sensitive sources of
funding and conservatively manage the distribution of funding
across our entity structure.
|
|
|
|
Crisis Planning We base our liquidity and funding
management on
stress-scenario
planning and maintain a crisis plan detailing our response to a
liquidity-threatening event.
|
Excess
Liquidity
Our most important liquidity policy is to
pre-fund
what we estimate will be our likely cash needs during a
liquidity crisis and hold such excess liquidity in the form of
unencumbered, highly liquid securities that may be sold or
pledged to provide
same-day
liquidity. This Global Core Excess is intended to
allow us to meet immediate obligations without needing to sell
other assets or depend on additional funding from
credit-sensitive markets. We believe that this pool of excess
liquidity provides us with a resilient source of funds and gives
us significant flexibility in managing through a difficult
funding environment. Our Global Core Excess reflects the
following principles:
|
|
|
|
|
The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most
critical to a companys survival.
|
|
|
|
Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral
outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Goldman
Sachs businesses are diverse, and its cash needs are
driven by many factors, including market movements, collateral
requirements and client commitments, all of which can change
dramatically in a difficult funding environment.
|
|
|
|
During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including
unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements,
may be unavailable, and the terms or availability of other types
of secured financing may change.
|
|
|
|
As a result of our policy to
pre-fund
liquidity that we estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold
more unencumbered securities and have larger unsecured debt
balances than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe
that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly
liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases our
unsecured liabilities.
|
113
The size of our Global Core Excess is based on an internal
liquidity model together with a qualitative assessment of the
condition of the financial markets and of Goldman Sachs. Our
liquidity model identifies and estimates cash and collateral
outflows over a
short-term
horizon in a liquidity crisis, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
upcoming maturities of unsecured debt and letters of credit;
|
|
|
|
potential buybacks of a portion of our outstanding negotiable
unsecured debt;
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the terms or availability of secured funding;
|
|
|
|
derivatives and other margin and collateral outflows, including
those due to market moves;
|
|
|
|
potential cash outflows associated with our prime brokerage
business;
|
|
|
|
additional collateral that could be called in the event of a
two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings;
|
|
|
|
draws on our unfunded commitments not supported by William
Street Funding Corporation
(1); and
|
|
|
|
upcoming cash outflows, such as tax and other large payments.
|
The following table sets forth the average loan value (the
estimated amount of cash that would be advanced by
counterparties against these securities) of our Global Core
Excess:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
November 2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
U.S. dollar-denominated
|
|
$
|
90,468
|
|
|
$
|
48,635
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar-denominated
|
|
|
11,864
|
|
|
|
11,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Global Core Excess
|
|
$
|
102,332
|
|
|
$
|
60,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The U.S. dollar-denominated excess is comprised of only
unencumbered U.S. government securities, U.S. agency
securities and highly liquid U.S. agency
mortgage-backed
securities, all of which are Federal Reserve repo-eligible, as
well as overnight cash deposits. Our
non-U.S.
dollar-denominated
excess is comprised of only unencumbered French, German, United
Kingdom and Japanese government bonds and euro, British pound
and Japanese yen overnight cash deposits. We strictly limit our
Global Core Excess to this narrowly defined list of securities
and cash because we believe they are highly liquid, even in a
difficult funding environment. We do not believe other potential
sources of excess liquidity, such as lower-quality unencumbered
securities or committed credit facilities, are as reliable in a
liquidity crisis.
The majority of our Global Core Excess is structured such that
it is available to meet the liquidity requirements of our parent
company, Group Inc., and all of its subsidiaries. The remainder
is held in our principal
non-U.S. operating
entities, primarily to better match the currency and timing
requirements for those entities potential liquidity
obligations.
In addition to our Global Core Excess, we have a significant
amount of other unencumbered securities as a result of our
business activities. These assets, which are located in the U.
S., Europe and Asia, include other government bonds, high-grade
money market securities, corporate bonds and marginable
equities. We do not include these securities in our Global Core
Excess.
(1) The
Global Core Excess excludes liquid assets of $4.90 billion
held separately by William Street Funding Corporation. See
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
above for a further discussion of the William Street credit
extension program.
114
We maintain our Global Core Excess and other unencumbered assets
in an amount that, if pledged or sold, would provide the funds
necessary to replace at least 110% of our unsecured obligations
that are scheduled to mature (or where holders have the option
to redeem) within the next 12 months. We assume
conservative loan values that are based on
stress-scenario
borrowing capacity and we regularly review these assumptions
asset class by asset class. The estimated aggregate loan value
of our Global Core Excess and our other unencumbered assets
averaged $181.60 billion and $156.74 billion for the
three months ended August 2008 and year ended
November 2007, respectively.
Asset-Liability
Management
We seek to maintain a highly liquid balance sheet and
substantially all of our inventory is
marked-to-market
daily. We utilize aged inventory limits for certain financial
instruments as a disincentive to our businesses to hold
inventory over longer periods of time. We believe that these
limits provide a complementary mechanism for ensuring
appropriate balance sheet liquidity in addition to our standard
position limits. Although our balance sheet fluctuates due to
seasonal activity, market conventions and periodic market
opportunities in certain of our businesses, our total assets and
adjusted assets at financial statement dates are not materially
different from those occurring within our reporting periods.
We seek to manage the maturity profile of our secured and
unsecured funding base such that we should be able to liquidate
our assets prior to our liabilities coming due, even in times of
prolonged or severe liquidity stress. We do not rely on
immediate sales of assets (other than our Global Core Excess) to
maintain liquidity in a distressed environment, although we
recognize orderly asset sales may be prudent and necessary in a
persistent liquidity crisis.
In order to avoid reliance on asset sales, our goal is to ensure
that we have sufficient total capital (unsecured
long-term
borrowings plus total shareholders equity) to fund our
balance sheet for at least one year. The target amount of our
total capital is based on an internal liquidity model, which
incorporates, among other things, the following
long-term
financing requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
the portion of financial instruments owned that we believe could
not be funded on a secured basis in periods of market stress,
assuming conservative loan values;
|
|
|
|
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, property, leasehold
improvements and equipment, and other illiquid assets;
|
|
|
|
derivative and other margin and collateral requirements;
|
|
|
|
anticipated draws on our unfunded loan commitments; and
|
|
|
|
capital or other forms of financing in our regulated
subsidiaries that are in excess of their
long-term
financing requirements. See Conservative
Liability Structure below for a further discussion of how
we fund our subsidiaries.
|
115
Certain financial instruments may be more difficult to fund on a
secured basis during times of market stress. Accordingly, we
generally hold higher levels of total capital for these assets
than more liquid types of financial instruments. The following
table sets forth our aggregate holdings in these categories of
financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
August
|
|
November
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Mortgage and other
asset-backed
loans and securities
|
|
$
|
29,540
|
|
|
$
|
46,436
|
(6)
|
Bank loans and bridge
loans (1)
|
|
|
29,045
|
|
|
|
49,154
|
|
Emerging market debt securities
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
High-yield
and other debt obligations
|
|
|
13,031
|
|
|
|
12,807
|
|
Private equity and real estate fund
investments (2)
|
|
|
20,636
|
|
|
|
16,244
|
|
Emerging market equity securities
|
|
|
4,448
|
|
|
|
8,014
|
|
ICBC ordinary
shares (3)
|
|
|
7,137
|
|
|
|
6,807
|
|
SMFG convertible preferred
stock (4)
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
4,060
|
|
Other restricted public equity securities
|
|
|
1,464
|
|
|
|
3,455
|
|
Other investments in
funds (5)
|
|
|
3,241
|
|
|
|
3,437
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes funded commitments and
inventory held in connection with our origination and secondary
trading activities.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes interests in our merchant
banking funds. Such amounts exclude assets related to
consolidated investment funds of $2.63 billion and
$8.13 billion as of August 2008 and
November 2007, respectively, for which Goldman Sachs does
not bear economic exposure.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes interests of
$4.51 billion and $4.30 billion as of August 2008
and November 2007, respectively, held by investment funds
managed by Goldman Sachs.
|
|
(4) |
|
During our second quarter of 2008,
we converted
one-third of
our preferred stock investment into SMFG common stock, and
delivered the common stock to close out
one-third of
our hedge position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes interests in other
investment funds that we manage.
|
|
(6) |
|
Excludes $7.64 billion as of
November 2007 of mortgage whole loans that were transferred
to securitization vehicles where such transfers were accounted
for as secured financings rather than sales under
SFAS No. 140. We distributed to investors the
securities that were issued by the securitization vehicles and
therefore did not bear economic exposure to the underlying
mortgage whole loans.
|
A large portion of these assets are funded through secured
funding markets or nonrecourse financing. We focus on
demonstrating a consistent ability to fund these assets on a
secured basis for extended periods of time to reduce refinancing
risk and to help ensure that they have an established amount of
loan value in order that they can be funded in periods of market
stress.
See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding the financial instruments we
hold.
Conservative
Liability Structure
We seek to structure our liabilities conservatively to reduce
refinancing risk and the risk that we may be required to redeem
or repurchase certain of our borrowings prior to their
contractual maturity.
We fund a substantial portion of our inventory on a secured
basis, which we believe provides Goldman Sachs with a more
stable source of liquidity than unsecured financing, as it is
less sensitive to changes in our credit due to the underlying
collateral. We recognize that the terms or availability of
secured funding, particularly overnight funding, can deteriorate
in a difficult environment. To help mitigate this risk, we raise
the majority of our funding for durations longer than overnight.
We seek longer durations for secured funding collateralized by
lower-quality
assets, as we believe these funding transactions may pose
greater refinancing risk. The weighted average life of our
secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by highly
liquid securities, such as U.S., French, German, United Kingdom
and Japanese government bonds, and U.S. agency securities,
exceeded 100 days as of August 2008.
116
Our liquidity also depends to an important degree on the
stability of our
short-term
unsecured financing base. Accordingly, we prefer the use of
promissory notes (in which Goldman Sachs does not make a market)
over commercial paper, which we may repurchase prior to maturity
through the ordinary course of business as a market maker. As of
August 2008 and November 2007, our unsecured
short-term
borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured
long-term
borrowings, were $64.65 billion and $71.56 billion,
respectively. See Note 4 to the condensed consolidated
financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our unsecured
short-term
borrowings.
We issue
long-term
borrowings as a source of total capital in order to meet our
long-term
financing requirements. The following table sets forth our
quarterly unsecured
long-term
borrowings maturity profile through the third quarter of 2014:
Unsecured
Long-Term
Borrowings Maturity Profile
($ in
millions)
The weighted average maturity of our unsecured
long-term
borrowings as of August 2008 was approximately eight years.
To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal
amount of debt maturing on any one day or during any week or
year. We swap a substantial portion of our
long-term
borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations with
short-term
floating interest rates in order to minimize our exposure to
interest rates and foreign exchange movements.
We issue substantially all of our unsecured debt without
provisions that would, based solely upon an adverse change in
our credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, cash flows or
stock price, trigger a requirement for an early payment,
collateral support, change in terms, acceleration of maturity or
the creation of an additional financial obligation.
117
We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources
globally for both secured and unsecured funding. We make
extensive use of the repurchase agreement and securities lending
markets, as well as other secured funding markets. In addition,
we issue debt through syndicated U.S. registered offerings,
U.S. registered and 144A
medium-term
note programs, offshore
medium-term
note offerings and other bond offerings, U.S. and
non-U.S. commercial
paper and promissory note issuances, and other methods. We also
arrange for letters of credit to be issued on our behalf.
We benefit from distributing our debt issuances through our own
sales force to a large, diverse global creditor base and we
believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical
to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments,
securities lenders, pension funds, insurance companies and
mutual funds. We access funding in a variety of markets in the
Americas, Europe and Asia. We have imposed various internal
guidelines on creditor concentration, including the amount of
our commercial paper that can be owned and letters of credit
that can be issued by any single creditor or group of creditors.
Over the last several months, U.S. regulatory agencies
including primarily the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York and the U.S. Department of the
Treasury have taken a number of steps to enhance the liquidity
support available to financial services companies such as Group
Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Goldman Sachs
International. These steps have included (i) expanding the
types and quality of assets that can be used as collateral for
borrowings by primary dealers from the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York under the primary dealer credit facility
(PDCF), (ii) extending the term for which the
Federal Reserve will lend Treasury securities to primary dealers
under its term securities lending facility, (iii) adopting
temporary exceptions to the Federal Reserve Act limitations on
transactions between insured depository institutions, such as
our subsidiary GS Bank USA, and their affiliates to permit them
to provide liquidity to their affiliates for assets typically
funded in the tri-party repo market, and (iv) authorizing
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to extend credit to the
U.S.- and
London-based
broker-dealer
subsidiaries of Group Inc. and those of two other institutions
against all types of collateral that may be pledged at the PDCF.
On September 21, 2008, Group Inc. became a bank
holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve Board under the
U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. GS Bank USA, a
wholly owned industrial bank, became a member of the Federal
Reserve System on September 26, 2008 and is now regulated by the
Federal Reserve Board and by the State of Utah Department of
Financial Institutions. See Note 16 to the condensed
consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of
this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information.
See Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a discussion of factors that could impair our ability to
access the capital markets.
Subsidiary Funding Policies. Substantially all
of our unsecured funding is raised by our parent company, Group
Inc. The parent company then lends the necessary funds to its
subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset
financing and capital requirements. In addition, the parent
company provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary
capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of
this approach to subsidiary funding include enhanced control and
greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our
subsidiaries.
Our intercompany funding policies are predicated on an
assumption that, unless legally provided for, funds or
securities are not freely available from a subsidiary to its
parent company or other subsidiaries. In particular, many of our
subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory
bodies to block or limit the flow of funds from those
subsidiaries to Group Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could
impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on
obligations, including debt obligations. As such, we assume that
capital or other financing provided to our regulated
subsidiaries is not available to our parent company or other
subsidiaries. In addition, we assume that the Global Core Excess
held in our principal
non-U.S. operating
entities may not be
118
available to our parent company or other subsidiaries and
therefore may only be available to meet the potential liquidity
requirements of those entities.
We also manage our liquidity risk by requiring senior and
subordinated intercompany loans to have maturities equal to or
shorter than the maturities of the aggregate borrowings of the
parent company. This policy ensures that the subsidiaries
obligations to the parent company will generally mature in
advance of the parent companys
third-party
borrowings. In addition, many of our subsidiaries and affiliates
maintain unencumbered assets to cover their intercompany
borrowings (other than subordinated debt) in order to mitigate
parent company liquidity risk.
Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and
subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its
regulated subsidiaries; for example, as of August 2008,
Group Inc. had $25.23 billion of such equity and
subordinated indebtedness invested in Goldman, Sachs &
Co., its principal U.S. registered
broker-dealer;
$23.43 billion invested in Goldman Sachs International, a
regulated U.K.
broker-dealer;
$2.27 billion invested in Goldman Sachs
Execution & Clearing, L.P., a U.S. registered
broker-dealer;
and $3.43 billion invested in Goldman Sachs Japan Co.,
Ltd., a regulated Japanese
broker-dealer.
Group Inc. also had $67.81 billion of unsubordinated loans
to these entities as of August 2008, as well as significant
amounts of capital invested in and loans to its other regulated
subsidiaries.
Crisis
Planning
In order to be prepared for a liquidity event, or a period of
market stress, we base our liquidity risk management framework
and our resulting funding and liquidity policies on conservative
stress-scenario
assumptions. Our planning incorporates several market-based and
operational stress scenarios. We also periodically conduct
liquidity crisis drills to test our lines of communication and
backup funding procedures.
In addition, we maintain a liquidity crisis plan that specifies
an approach for analyzing and responding to a
liquidity-threatening event. The plan provides the framework to
estimate the likely impact of a liquidity event on Goldman Sachs
based on some of the risks identified above and outlines which
and to what extent liquidity maintenance activities should be
implemented based on the severity of the event. It also lists
the crisis management team and internal and external parties to
be contacted to ensure effective distribution of information.
119
Credit
Ratings
We rely upon the
short-term
and
long-term
debt capital markets to fund a significant portion of our
day-to-day
operations. The cost and availability of debt financing is
influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are important
when we are competing in certain markets and when we seek to
engage in
longer-term
transactions, including OTC derivatives. We believe our credit
ratings are primarily based on the credit rating agencies
assessment of our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk
management practices, the level and variability of our earnings,
our capital base, our franchise, reputation and management, our
corporate governance and the external operating environment. See
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a discussion of the risks associated with a reduction in our
credit ratings.
The following table sets forth our unsecured credit ratings as
of August 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Debt
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
Subordinated Debt
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (DBRS)
|
|
R-1 (middle)
|
|
AA (low)
|
|
A (high)
|
|
A
|
Fitch, Inc.
|
|
F1+
|
|
AA
|
|
A+
|
|
A+
|
Moodys Investors Service
|
|
P-1
|
|
Aa3
|
|
A1
|
|
A2
|
Standard & Poors
|
|
A-1+
|
|
AA
|
|
A+
|
|
A
|
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.
|
|
a-1+
|
|
AA
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
Not Applicable
|
On June 2, 2008, Standard & Poors
affirmed Group Inc.s credit ratings and retained its
outlook of negative. On
September 17, 2008, DBRS affirmed Group Inc.s
credit ratings but revised its outlook from stable
to negative.
As of August 2008, collateral or termination payments
pursuant to bilateral agreements with certain counterparties of
approximately $669 million would have been required in the
event of a
one-notch
reduction in our
long-term
credit ratings. In evaluating our liquidity requirements, we
consider additional collateral or termination payments that
would be required in the event of a
two-notch
downgrade in our
long-term
credit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called
by counterparties, but is available to them.
Cash
Flows
As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex
and interrelated and bear little relation to our net earnings
and net assets and, consequently, we believe that traditional
cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our
liquidity position than the excess liquidity and
asset-liability
management policies described above. Cash flow analysis may,
however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and
strategic initiatives in our business.
Nine Months Ended August 2008. Our cash
and cash equivalents increased by $278 million to
$12.16 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2008. We
raised $14.89 billion in net cash from financing
activities, primarily in bank deposits and unsecured borrowings.
We used net cash of $14.61 billion in our operating and
investing activities, primarily to capitalize on trading and
investing opportunities for our clients and ourselves.
Nine Months Ended August 2007. Our cash
and cash equivalents increased by $6.36 billion to
$12.66 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2007. We
raised $70.67 billion in net cash from financing
activities, primarily in unsecured borrowings, partially offset
by common stock repurchases. We used net cash of
$64.31 billion in our operating and investing activities,
primarily to capitalize on trading and investing opportunities
for our clients and ourselves.
120
Recent Accounting
Developments
EITF Issue
No. 06-11. In
June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached
consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based
Payment Awards. EITF Issue
No. 06-11
requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents
paid on restricted stock units, which are expected to vest, be
recorded as an increase to additional
paid-in
capital. We currently account for this tax benefit as a
reduction to income tax expense. EITF Issue
No. 06-11
is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends
declared in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2007, and we expect to adopt the
provisions of EITF Issue
No. 06-11
beginning in the first quarter of 2009. We do not expect the
adoption of EITF Issue
No. 06-11
to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
FASB Staff Position
FAS No. 140-3. In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
FAS No. 140-3,
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and
Repurchase Financing Transactions. FSP
FAS No. 140-3
requires an initial transfer of a financial asset and a
repurchase financing that was entered into contemporaneously or
in contemplation of the initial transfer to be evaluated as a
linked transaction under SFAS No. 140 unless certain
criteria are met, including that the transferred asset must be
readily obtainable in the marketplace. FSP
FAS No. 140-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2008, and will be applied to new
transactions entered into after the date of adoption. Early
adoption is prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact
of adopting FSP No. 140-3
on our financial condition and cash flows. Adoption of
FSP No. 140-3 will have no effect on our results of operations.
SFAS No. 161. In March 2008,
the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.
SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an
entitys derivative and hedging activities, and is
effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods
beginning after November 15, 2008, with early
application encouraged. Since SFAS No. 161 requires
only additional disclosures concerning derivatives and hedging
activities, adoption of SFAS No. 161 will not affect
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
FASB Staff Position EITF
No. 03-6-1. In
June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF
No. 03-6-1,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in
Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. The FSP
addresses whether instruments granted in
share-based
payment transactions are participating securities prior to
vesting and therefore need to be included in the earnings
allocation in calculating earnings per share under the two-class
method described in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share. The FSP requires companies to treat unvested
share-based
payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividend or
dividend equivalents as a separate class of securities in
calculating earnings per share. The FSP is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2008; earlier
application is not permitted. We do not expect adoption of FSP
EITF
No. 03-6-1
to have a material effect on our results of operations or
earnings per share.
FASB Staff Position
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4. In
September 2008, the FASB issued FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4,
Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain
Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB
Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective
Date of FASB Statement No. 161. FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
requires enhanced disclosures about credit derivatives and
guarantees and amends FIN 45, Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others to exclude
derivative instruments accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 133. The FSP is effective for financial
statements issued for reporting periods ending after
November 15, 2008. Since FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
only requires additional disclosures concerning credit
derivatives and guarantees, adoption of FSP
FAS No. 133-1
and
FIN 45-4
will not affect our financial condition, results of operations
or cash flows.
121
Cautionary
Statement Pursuant to the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995
We have included or incorporated by reference in this Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q,
and from time to time our management may make, statements that
may constitute forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not
historical facts but instead represent only our beliefs
regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are
inherently uncertain and outside our control. It is possible
that our actual results and financial condition may differ,
possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial
condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. For a
discussion of some of the risks and important factors that could
affect our future results and financial condition, see
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations in Part II,
Item 7 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.
Statements about our investment banking transaction backlog also
may constitute
forward-looking
statements. Such statements are subject to the risk that the
terms of these transactions may be modified or that they may not
be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues, if any, that
we actually earn from these transactions may differ, possibly
materially, from those currently expected. Important factors
that could result in a modification of the terms of a
transaction or a transaction not being completed include, in the
case of underwriting transactions, a decline in general economic
conditions, outbreak of hostilities, volatility in the
securities markets generally or an adverse development with
respect to the issuer of the securities and, in the case of
financial advisory transactions, a decline in the securities
markets, an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse
development with respect to a party to the transaction or a
failure to obtain a required regulatory approval. For a
discussion of other important factors that could adversely
affect our investment banking transactions, see Risk
Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations in Part II,
Item 7 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.
|
|
Item 3:
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are
set forth under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Market Risk in Part I, Item 2 above.
|
|
Item 4:
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an
evaluation was carried out by Goldman Sachs management,
with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures
were effective as of the end of the period covered by this
report. In addition, no change in our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during
our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or
is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
122
PART II:
OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
Item 1:
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
The following supplements and amends our discussion set forth
under Item 3 Legal Proceedings in our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, as
updated by our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended February 29, 2008 and
May 30, 2008.
IPO Process
Matters
In the actions asserting violations of, and seeking
short-swing
profit recovery under, Section 16 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, defendants moved to dismiss the various
complaints on July 25, 2008.
Research
Independence Matters
In the class action relating to coverage of Exodus
Communications, Inc., on July 7, 2008, plaintiffs
appealed from the federal district courts order dismissing
the complaint.
In the lawsuit alleging that The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Henry M. Paulson, Jr.
violated the federal securities laws in connection with the
firms research activities, the district court granted
plaintiffs motion for class certification by a decision
dated September 15, 2008. On
September 26, 2008, the Goldman Sachs defendants filed
a petition in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second
Circuit seeking review of the district courts class
certification order.
Treasury
Proceeding
By a decision dated July 30, 2008, the federal
district court granted Goldman, Sachs & Co.s
motion for summary judgment insofar as the remaining claims
relate to trading of treasury bonds, but denied the motion
without prejudice to the extent the claims relate to trading of
treasury futures. By a decision dated August 22, 2008,
the court denied plaintiffs motion for class certification.
Mortgage-Related
Matters
In the action brought by the City of Cleveland, the federal
district court denied the Citys motion to remand by an
order dated August 8, 2008.
Auction Products
Matters
On August 21, 2008, Goldman, Sachs & Co.
entered into a settlement in principle with the Office of
Attorney General of the State of New York and the Illinois
Securities Department (on behalf of the North American
Securities Administrators Association) regarding auction rate
securities. Under the agreement, Goldman Sachs agreed, among
other things, (i) to offer to repurchase at par the
outstanding auction rate securities that its private wealth
management clients purchased through the firm prior to
February 11, 2008, with the exception of those auction
rate securities where auctions are clearing, (ii) to
continue to work with issuers and other interested parties,
including regulatory and governmental entities, to expeditiously
provide liquidity solutions for institutional investors, and
(iii) to pay a $22.5 million fine. The settlement,
which is subject to definitive documentation and approval by the
various states, does not resolve any potential regulatory action
by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
On August 28, 2008, a putative shareholder derivative
action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York naming as defendants The Goldman
Sachs Group, Inc., its board of directors, and certain senior
officers. The complaint alleges generally that the board
breached its fiduciary duties and committed mismanagement in
connection with its oversight of
123
auction rate securities marketing and trading operations, that
certain individual defendants engaged in insider selling by
selling shares of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and that the
firms public filings were false and misleading in
violation of the federal securities laws by failing to
accurately disclose the alleged practices involving auction rate
securities. The complaint seeks damages, injunctive and
declaratory relief, restitution, and an order requiring the firm
to adopt corporate reforms.
On September 4, 2008, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
was named as a defendant, together with numerous other financial
services firms, in two complaints filed in the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York
alleging that the defendants engaged in a conspiracy to
manipulate the auction securities market in violation of federal
antitrust laws. The actions were filed, respectively, on behalf
of putative classes of issuers of and investors in auction rate
securities and seek, among other things, treble damages.
On September 26, 2008, the parties to the putative
securities class action brought on behalf of Goldman Sachs
customers who purchased auction rate securities, alleging
violation of the federal securities laws, stipulated to dismiss
the action with prejudice, and the stipulation was approved by
the district court on September 30, 2008.
Private
Equity-Sponsored
Acquisitions Litigation
On August 27, 2008, plaintiffs filed a third amended
complaint, and on the same date, defendants moved to dismiss the
third amended complaint.
124
|
|
Item 2:
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
|
The following table sets forth the information with respect to
purchases made by or on behalf of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
or any affiliated purchaser (as defined in
Rule 10b-18(a)(3)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of our common
stock during the three months ended August 29, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
of Shares That May
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
Price
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
Yet Be Purchased
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
Paid per
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
Under the Plans or
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Share
|
|
or
Programs (2)
|
|
Programs (2)
|
Month #1
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
$
|
181.30
|
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
|
61,164,103
|
|
(May 31, 2008 to June 27, 2008)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month #2
|
|
|
304,900
|
|
|
$
|
175.33
|
|
|
|
304,900
|
|
|
|
60,859,203
|
|
(June 28, 2008 to
July 25, 2008)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month #3
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,859,203
|
|
(July 26, 2008 to August 29, 2008)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1)
|
|
|
1,504,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,504,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Goldman Sachs generally does not
repurchase shares of its common stock as part of the repurchase
program during self-imposed black-out periods, which
run from the last two weeks of a fiscal quarter through and
including the date of the earnings release for such quarter.
|
|
(2) |
|
On March 21, 2000, we
announced that our board of directors had approved a repurchase
program, pursuant to which up to 15 million shares of our
common stock may be repurchased. This repurchase program was
increased by an aggregate of 280 million shares by
resolutions of our board of directors adopted on
June 18, 2001, March 18, 2002,
November 20, 2002, January 30, 2004,
January 25, 2005, September 16, 2005,
September 11, 2006 and December 17, 2007. We
use our share repurchase program to help maintain the
appropriate level of common equity and to substantially offset
increases in share count over time resulting from employee
share-based
compensation. The repurchase program is effected primarily
through regular
open-market
purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined
primarily by our current and projected capital positions
(i.e., comparisons of our desired level of capital to our
actual level of capital) but which may also be influenced by
general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading
volumes of our common stock. The total remaining authorization
under the repurchase program was 60,859,203 shares as of
September 26, 2008; the repurchase program has no set
expiration or termination date.
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits:
|
|
|
3
|
.1 and 4.1
|
|
Certificate of Designations of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
relating to the 10% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series
G (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, filed
October 2, 2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Form of warrant to purchase shares of common stock, issued on
October 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 2008,
between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Berkshire Hathaway Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
General Guarantee Agreement, dated September 21, 2008, made
by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. relating to the obligations of
Goldman Sachs Bank USA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Form of Letter Agreement between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
and each of Lloyd C. Blankfein, Gary D. Cohn,
Jon Winkelried and David A. Viniar (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit O to Amendment No. 70 to
Schedule 13D, filed October 1, 2008, relating to the
Registrants common stock).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
.1
|
|
Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
and Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred
Stock Dividends.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
.1
|
|
Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications.
|
126
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Name: David A. Viniar
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Name: Sarah E. Smith
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Principal Accounting Officer
|
Date: October 7, 2008
127